syllabus of delhi school of management, dce

62
1 Course Curriculum for MBA (2 Years Full Time Program) DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT, DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY (Formerly Delhi College of Engineering) Semester Subjects Comprehensive Viva* Total Hours/ week I 28 credits 4 credits 32 28 II 28 credits 4 credits 32 28 Summer Training III 28 credits 4 credits 32 28 Project IV 24 credits 8 credits 32 24 Total 128 * Based on the self study/ activities, participation in events/ attending the invited lectures and overall learning of the subjects and concepts. Semester I SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4 Credits 4-0-0 SM-102 Financial Accounting 4 Credits 4-0-0 SM-103 Marketing Management 4 Credits 4-0-0 SM-104 Managerial Economics 4 Credits 4-0-0 SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4 Credits 4-0-0 SM-106 Production and Operations Management 4 Credits 4-0-0 SM-107 Business Communication 2 Credits 2-0-0 SM-108 Computer Applications in Management 2 Credits 0-0-2 SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4 Credits Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs/ week

Upload: shubham-khandelwal

Post on 03-Jan-2016

40 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

DESCRIPTION

This is the syllabus taught in Delhi School of Management, DTU (Formerly known as DCE) for the session 2012-14.Do download and study it thoroughly before you study the actual course.

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

1

Course Curriculum for MBA (2 Years Full Time Program)

DELHI SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

DELHI TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY

(Formerly Delhi College of Engineering)

Semester Subjects Comprehensive Viva Total Hours week

I 28 credits 4 credits 32 28

II 28 credits 4 credits 32 28

Summer Training

III 28 credits 4 credits 32 28

Project

IV 24 credits 8 credits 32 24

Total 128

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester I

SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-102 Financial Accounting 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-103 Marketing Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-106 Production and Operations Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-107 Business Communication 2 Credits 2-0-0

SM-108 Computer Applications in Management 2 Credits 0-0-2

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4 Credits

Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week

2

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-202 Financial Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-203 Marketing Research 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3 Credits 3-0-0

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3 Credits 3-0-0

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3 Credits 3-0-0

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3 Credits 3-0-0

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4 Credits

Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week

Semester III

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) (4X4 ) 16 Credits 16-0-0

SM-308 Summer Internship 4 Credits

Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week

Semester IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-402 Corporate Governance 4 Credits 4-0-0

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) (4X4) 16 Credits 16-0-0

SM-407 Project 8 Credits

Total 32 Credits 24 Hrs week

3

Elective List -I

Group A Knowledge and Technology Management

Group B Supply Chain Management

Group C Information Technology Management

Elective List -II

Group D Marketing Management

Group E Financial Management

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

4

LIST OF ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

SMA-05 Data Base Management

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

SMA-07 Mobile commerce and Security

SMA-08 Knowledge management and Innovation

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

SMA-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

B-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

SMB-01Total Quality Management

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

SMB-03 Retail Management

SMB-04 Transportation Management

SMB-05 Service Operations Management

SMB-06 SCM and Customers Relationship Management

SMB-07 Business Process Re-engineering

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC-01 Strategic telecommunication Management

5

SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management

SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design

SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation

SMC-05 Managing Software Exports

SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

SMC-08 E-Governance

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT

SMD-01 International marketing management

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management

SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

SME-04 International Financial Management

SME-05 Investment Banking

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

6

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling

SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM

F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation

SMF-02 Compensation Management

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies

SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

SMF-07 Management of Training and development

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

7

Semester I

SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a

manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a

Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process

Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision

making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling

Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary

control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics

Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation

Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and

negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and

management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

Reference Books

1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education

2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India

3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition

SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and

conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards

8

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting

practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings

window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital

and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and

funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company

point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity

leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House

Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-

objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types

of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural

environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

9

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer

buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of

product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of

unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences

Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs

Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary

Policies

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 2: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

2

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-202 Financial Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-203 Marketing Research 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3 Credits 3-0-0

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3 Credits 3-0-0

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3 Credits 3-0-0

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3 Credits 3-0-0

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4 Credits

Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week

Semester III

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) (4X4 ) 16 Credits 16-0-0

SM-308 Summer Internship 4 Credits

Total 32 Credits 28 Hrs week

Semester IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

SM-402 Corporate Governance 4 Credits 4-0-0

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) (4X4) 16 Credits 16-0-0

SM-407 Project 8 Credits

Total 32 Credits 24 Hrs week

3

Elective List -I

Group A Knowledge and Technology Management

Group B Supply Chain Management

Group C Information Technology Management

Elective List -II

Group D Marketing Management

Group E Financial Management

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

4

LIST OF ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

SMA-05 Data Base Management

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

SMA-07 Mobile commerce and Security

SMA-08 Knowledge management and Innovation

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

SMA-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

B-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

SMB-01Total Quality Management

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

SMB-03 Retail Management

SMB-04 Transportation Management

SMB-05 Service Operations Management

SMB-06 SCM and Customers Relationship Management

SMB-07 Business Process Re-engineering

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC-01 Strategic telecommunication Management

5

SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management

SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design

SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation

SMC-05 Managing Software Exports

SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

SMC-08 E-Governance

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT

SMD-01 International marketing management

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management

SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

SME-04 International Financial Management

SME-05 Investment Banking

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

6

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling

SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM

F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation

SMF-02 Compensation Management

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies

SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

SMF-07 Management of Training and development

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

7

Semester I

SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a

manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a

Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process

Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision

making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling

Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary

control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics

Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation

Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and

negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and

management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

Reference Books

1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education

2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India

3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition

SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and

conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards

8

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting

practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings

window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital

and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and

funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company

point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity

leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House

Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-

objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types

of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural

environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

9

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer

buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of

product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of

unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences

Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs

Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary

Policies

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 3: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

3

Elective List -I

Group A Knowledge and Technology Management

Group B Supply Chain Management

Group C Information Technology Management

Elective List -II

Group D Marketing Management

Group E Financial Management

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

4

LIST OF ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

SMA-05 Data Base Management

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

SMA-07 Mobile commerce and Security

SMA-08 Knowledge management and Innovation

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

SMA-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

B-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

SMB-01Total Quality Management

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

SMB-03 Retail Management

SMB-04 Transportation Management

SMB-05 Service Operations Management

SMB-06 SCM and Customers Relationship Management

SMB-07 Business Process Re-engineering

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC-01 Strategic telecommunication Management

5

SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management

SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design

SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation

SMC-05 Managing Software Exports

SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

SMC-08 E-Governance

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT

SMD-01 International marketing management

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management

SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

SME-04 International Financial Management

SME-05 Investment Banking

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

6

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling

SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM

F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation

SMF-02 Compensation Management

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies

SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

SMF-07 Management of Training and development

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

7

Semester I

SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a

manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a

Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process

Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision

making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling

Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary

control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics

Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation

Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and

negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and

management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

Reference Books

1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education

2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India

3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition

SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and

conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards

8

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting

practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings

window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital

and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and

funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company

point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity

leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House

Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-

objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types

of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural

environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

9

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer

buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of

product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of

unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences

Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs

Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary

Policies

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 4: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

4

LIST OF ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

SMA-05 Data Base Management

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

SMA-07 Mobile commerce and Security

SMA-08 Knowledge management and Innovation

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

SMA-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

B-SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

SMB-01Total Quality Management

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

SMB-03 Retail Management

SMB-04 Transportation Management

SMB-05 Service Operations Management

SMB-06 SCM and Customers Relationship Management

SMB-07 Business Process Re-engineering

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC-01 Strategic telecommunication Management

5

SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management

SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design

SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation

SMC-05 Managing Software Exports

SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

SMC-08 E-Governance

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT

SMD-01 International marketing management

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management

SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

SME-04 International Financial Management

SME-05 Investment Banking

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

6

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling

SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM

F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation

SMF-02 Compensation Management

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies

SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

SMF-07 Management of Training and development

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

7

Semester I

SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a

manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a

Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process

Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision

making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling

Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary

control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics

Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation

Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and

negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and

management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

Reference Books

1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education

2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India

3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition

SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and

conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards

8

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting

practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings

window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital

and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and

funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company

point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity

leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House

Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-

objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types

of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural

environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

9

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer

buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of

product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of

unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences

Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs

Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary

Policies

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 5: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

5

SMC-02 Data warehousing and Database Management

SMC-03 Business System Analysis and Design

SMC-04 Knowledge Management amp Innovation

SMC-05 Managing Software Exports

SMC-06 Mobile Commerce amp Security

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

SMC-08 E-Governance

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

SMC-10 Business Process Re-engineering

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

SMC-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

D- MARKETING MANAGEMENT

SMD-01 International marketing management

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

E- FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

SME-01Security analysis and portfolio Management

SME-02 Mergers Acquisition and Corporate restructuring

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

SME-04 International Financial Management

SME-05 Investment Banking

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

6

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling

SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM

F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation

SMF-02 Compensation Management

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies

SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

SMF-07 Management of Training and development

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

7

Semester I

SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a

manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a

Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process

Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision

making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling

Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary

control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics

Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation

Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and

negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and

management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

Reference Books

1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education

2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India

3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition

SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and

conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards

8

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting

practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings

window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital

and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and

funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company

point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity

leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House

Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-

objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types

of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural

environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

9

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer

buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of

product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of

unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences

Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs

Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary

Policies

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 6: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

6

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

SME-09 Commodity and Price Risk management

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

SME 11 Econometric and Financial Modeling

SME-12 Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in FM

F-ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation

SMF-02 Compensation Management

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies

SMF-04 Human Resource Development Strategies and Systems

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and Global Human Resource Management

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

SMF-07 Management of Training and development

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers

7

Semester I

SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a

manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a

Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process

Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision

making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling

Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary

control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics

Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation

Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and

negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and

management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

Reference Books

1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education

2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India

3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition

SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and

conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards

8

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting

practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings

window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital

and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and

funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company

point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity

leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House

Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-

objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types

of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural

environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

9

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer

buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of

product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of

unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences

Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs

Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary

Policies

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 7: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

7

Semester I

SM-101 Management Process and Organizational Behaviour 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Meaning and Nature of Management The evolution of management thought Functions and skills of a

manager Management Approaches Processes Managerial Skills Tasks and Responsibilities of a

Professional Manager

Unit 2 Organizational Structure and Process

Organizational design six key elements of organizational design types of organizational design

organizational structure Managerial Ethos Managerial Communication

Unit 3 Managing activities

Planning need for planning types of planning and the elements of planning Managerial decision

making- types of managerial decisions steps in decision-making process

Unit 4 Controlling

Problem Solving Techniques Controlling Process and Techniques Budgetary and Non Budgetary

control techniques PERT CPM

Unit 5 Organization Behaviour An Introduction Behavioural Dynamics

Foundations of individual behavior Personality Perception Learning Values Attitudes Motivation

Interpersonal Dynamics Group Dynamics Leadership theories and styles Management of conflict and

negotiation

Unit 6 Organisational Culture and Change Organisational culture Organisational change nature and forces of change resistance to change and

management of resistance to change Work stress sources and consequences of stress and its

management

Reference Books

1 Robbins SP amp Decenzo D (2002) Fundamental of Management Pearson Education

2 Stoner etal (2002) Management Prentice Hall of India

3 Luthans F (2004) Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill International Edition

SM- 102 Financial Accounting 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to Accounting Importance Objectives and Principles Accounting Concepts and

conventions and The Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards

8

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting

practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings

window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital

and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and

funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company

point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity

leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House

Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-

objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types

of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural

environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

9

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer

buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of

product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of

unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences

Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs

Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary

Policies

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 8: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

8

Issued by ICAI (Focus on importance of Standards to give a general view on Financial Accounting

practices) Creative Financial Practices and Issues related to quality of disclosures in reported earnings

window dressing and limitations of financial statements

Unit 2 The Accounting Process Overview

Books of Original Record Journal and Subsidiary books ledger Trial Balance Classification of capital

and revenue expenses Final Accounts with adjustments

Unit 3 Valuation of fixed assets Tangible vs Intangible assets depreciation of fixed assets and methods of depreciation

Unit 4 Inventory Valuation Methods of inventory valuation and valuation of goodwill methods of valuation of goodwill

Unit 5 Financial Analysis Statement of Changes in Working Capital Funds from Operations paid cost and unpaid costs

Distinction between cash profits and book profits Preparation and analysis of cash flow statement and

funds flow statement Analysis and interpretation of financial statements from investor and company

point of view Horizontal Analysis and Vertical Analysis of Company Financial Statements Liquidity

leverage solvency and profitability ratios ndash Du Pont Chart -A Case study on Ratio Analysis

Unit 6 Cost concepts

Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) relationship and profit planning Budgeting Full costing and variable

costing methods Cost analysis for Decision- Making Standard costing and variance analysis

Reference Books

1 Ashok Banerjee Financial Accounting Second Edition Excel Books New Delhi 2006

2 DrSN Maheshwari and DrSK Maheshwari Financial Accounting Vikas Publishing House

Pvt Ltd 2007

3 Asish K Bhattacharyya Financial Accounting for Business Managers-PHI2006

SM-103 Marketing Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing function genesis the marketing concepts Marketing Management systems-

objectives its interfaces with other functions in the organization The concept of marketing mix Types

of Goods

Unit 2 Marketing Environment

Environment of marketing- political environment economic environment Legal social and cultural

environment

Unit 3 Market segmentation

9

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer

buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of

product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of

unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences

Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs

Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary

Policies

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 9: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

9

Market segmentation Industrial Marketing Service Marketing and International Marketing Consumer

buying behavior Ethical issues in marketing

Unit 4 Marketing strategy

Marketing strategy- Marketing planning and Marketing programming Product policy the concept of

product life cycle New product decisions Test marketing Pricing Policy amp Strategies

Unit 5 Management of distribution

Management of distribution- channels of distribution Advertising and promotions the concept of

unique selling proposition Implementation and control the marketing organization

Unit 6 Demand forecasting

Demand forecasting Budgeting Management of Sales Force and Evaluation of Performance

Marketing audit

Reference Books

1 Philip Kotler (2003) Marketing Management Analysis Planning Implementation amp Control

Prentice Hall of India

2 Michael J E Bruce J W and Williom J S (13th Edition 2004) Marketing Management Tata

McGrawHill New Delhi

3 Louis E Boone and David L Kurtz (2001) Contemporary Marketing Harcourt Collye Publishers

SM-104 Managerial Economics 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Micro versus Macroeconomics Theory of consumer behavior and demand Consumer preferences

Indifference curve Consumer equilibrium Demand function Income and substitution effects

Unit 2 Production Function

The Slutsky equation Market demand Elasticities Average and marginal revenue Revealed

preference theory of firm Production functions Law of variable proportions Laws of return to scale

Unit 3 Cost Function

Isoquants Input substitution Equilibrium of the firm Expansion path Cost function Theory of costs

Short Run and long run costs Shape of LAC Economies and diseconomies of scale

Unit 4 Theory of Pricing

Market equilibrium under perfect competition Equilibrium under alternative forms of market

Monopoly- pure and discriminating Monopolistic competition Oligopoly Pricing practices and

strategies

Unit 5 National Indicators ( GDP GNP WPI CPI )

National Income Accounting and Economic Indicators Business Cycle-Inflation-Fiscal and Monetary

Policies

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 10: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

10

Reference Books

1 Doane PDavid Seward ELori Applied Statistics in Business and Economics Tata McGraw Hill

2007

2 Nordhaus amp Samuelson Economics 18th Edition Tata McGraw Hill 2007

3 Suma Damodaran Managerial Economics Oxford University Press 2006

SM-105 Quantitative Methods 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Nature and role of statistics in management Measures of central tendency and dispersion Introduction

to probability theory Probability distributions - continuous and discrete Sampling distributions

Estimation and hypothesis testing t-test ANOVA Chi-square test Non-parametric tests Correlation

and regression analysis Applications of statistical packages

Unit 2 Decision Theory

Game Theory Markov Chains

Unit 3 Linear Programming

Formulation and applications solution through graphical method and Simplex methods

Unit 4 Transportation assignment and transshipment problems

Unit 5 Integer Programming-

Formulation and solution Non-Linear Programming Dynamic Programming Multiple Criteria

Decision making Goal programming

Unit 6 Project scheduling-

PERT and CPM Queuing theory Monte Carlo Simulation- concepts and applications Case Studies

and use of OR software packages

Reference Books

1 ldquoOperations Researchrdquo J K Sharma McMillan India

2 ldquo Quantitative Techniques in Managementrdquo N D Vohra Tata McGraw Hill Publications 3e 4th

reprint 2007

3 Quantitative Methods for Business Anderson Williams et-al b10th edition Thompson

SM- 106 Productions and Operations Management 4-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to operations management- role scope and interface with marketing finance strategy

Types of production systems Concepts of productivity competitiveness Decisions in POM Case

Study

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 11: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

11

Unit 2

Demand forecasting Time Series Regression Analysis and Qualitative techniques Forecast Error Case

study

Unit 3

Work Study Work Measurement Activity Sampling MOST Ergonomics Learning Curve

Unit 4

Product Design and Process Selection Service Design Outsourcing Make buy decision Value

Engineering QFD Concurrent Engineering

Unit 5

Facility Planning- location layout Line balancing Analytical tools and techniques for facility planning

and design Aggregate planning Operations scheduling Project Management CPM PERT Slacks

Project crashing Resource Leveling

Unit 6

Total Quality Management (TQM) Statistical Process Control (SPC) Acceptance Sampling Six-

sigma ISO 9000 Maintenance management JIT FMS MIS Simulation Role of IT in manufacturing

Case studies

Reference Books

1 Charry SN (2005) Production and Operation Management- Concepts Methods amp Strategy John

Willy amp Sons Asia Pvt Limited

2 Adam Jr E and Ebert R (1998) Production and Operation Management

SM-107 Business Communication 2-0-0

Unit 1

Communication Process Model of the communication process Types of Organizational

Communication Channels of Communication Objectives of Business Communication

Unit 2

Principles of Effective Communications (7 C‟s of Communication) Barriers in communication

Unit 3

Oral Communication

Making effective presentations Meeting Interview Listening

Unit 4

Written Communication

E-mails Memorandums Business Letters Writing different types of business messages Direct

request Good-news and neutral messages Bad-news messages persuasive requests

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 12: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

12

Unit 5

Reports Definition essentials of good reports classification of reports different sections of short and

long reports

Unit 6

Non-Verbal Communication importance of non-verbal communication Kinesics Proxemics

Hepatics Chronemics Paralanguage Artifacts

Reference Books

1 Lesikar RV amp Flatley MEBasic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the Internet

Generation Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi

2 Ludlow R amp Panton F The Essence of Effective Communications Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

3 Bowman JP amp Branchaw PP (1987) Business Communications From Process to Product Dryden

Press Chicago

SM-108 Computer Application in Management 0-0-2

Introduction to OS- DOS WINDOWS Computer Applications in Decision Making Scientific

Research and Business Organization Working with Word Processing and Graphics Packages

Familiarity with Spread Sheet and Data base Packages Introduction to special packages for Business

Administration Case studies

SM-109 Comprehensive Viva Voce 0-0-4

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

Semester II

SM-201 Human Resource Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Human Resources Systems- Historical Evolution of the field Role of Human Resource management in

a competitive business environment Factors influencing Human Resource Management Strategic

Human Resource Management

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 13: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

13

Unit 2 Manpower planning

Objectives Importance amp Problems of HR Planning Job analysis Determining Human Resource

Requirements Hiring and Developing Human Resources The process of forecasting Definition uses

Techniques of Job Analysis Job Description amp Job evaluation Competency mapping Talent

Management

Unit 3 Recruitment and Selection

Concept identifying job recruitments Recruitment resources and efficacy Selection process and

methods Psychometric tests amp its relevance interview Technique induction amp placement

Unit 4 Training and Development

TampD concept need strategy Identification of needs designing amp implementing training programmes

Management Development Evaluation of Training amp development

Unit 5 Compensation and Performance Management

Performance Management ndash Concept and Practices Principle and objectives of Performance Appraisal

and potential Evaluation Feedback Career planning Succession Planning amp Retention ndash Scope

concept Principles amp Practices The problems in managing amp advantages Compensation Management

Transfer Promotion and Reward Policies

Unit 6 Industrial Relations

Definition concept context of Industrial Relation Discipline ( Red hot stove principle of discipline

counselling collective bargaining Quality of work life Safety and Health Employee Welfare

Employee Assistance Programmes Separation Attrition Human Resource Auditing Human Resource

Accounting International Human Resources Management

Reference Books

1 DeCenzo D A and Robbins S P (8th ed 2005) Fundamentals of Human Resource

Management John Wiley

2 Dessler Gary and VarkkeyBiju(2010) Human Resource Management Pearson Education

3 Ivancevich John M (2003) Human Resource Management Tata McGraw Hill 29

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 14: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

14

SM-202 Financial Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Aims and objectives of Financial Decisions

Nature and Scope of Financial Management Financial Objectives Impact of Financial and

Economical Environment on Financial Management Time Value of Money including Pension Funds

Funds Flow Analysis Cash Flow Statement and its Interpretation (AS-3) Ratio

Analysis

Unit 2 Planning for Sources of Finance (Domestic and International)

Capital Structure Leverages Cost of Capital Net Income Approach Net Operating Income Approach

Traditional Approach and MM Approach Capital GearingDebt-Equity Ratio Generation of Internal

Funds

Unit 3 Capital Budgeting

Conventional and DCF Methods Inflation and Capital Budgeting Risk Analysis and Capital

Budgeting-Certainty Equivalent Factor Risk Adjusted Discounting Rate Decision Tree Independent

and Dependent Risk Analysis

Unit 4 Working capital Decision

Planning of Development of Funds Through Management of Assets - Fixed and Current Working

Capital Management Management of Cash (Various Theoretical Models) Inventories (Including Risk

Analysis) and Receivables Operating Cycle

Unit 5 Dividend Decision

Retained Earning Vs Dividend Decision Gordon Model Walter Model MM Approach Lintner

Model

Unit 6 Contemporary Financial Issues

Leasing Corporate Restructuring LBO Mergers and Acquisition

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra - Fundamentals of Financial Management 7th Edition - Tata McGraw Hill

2 Khan M Y and Jain P K (4th

ed 2004) Financial Management Text Problems amp Cases

Tata McGraw Hill Company New Delhi

3 IM Pandey ndash Financial Management (Vikas) 9e

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 15: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

15

SM-203 Marketing Research 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Introduction to marketing Research Various Market Research concepts process exploratory

descriptive and conclusive research

Unit 2 Defining a research problem

Defining a research problem and developing a research approach The marketing decision- making

process and the need of different types of research Types of marketing problems and type of marketing

research activity

Unit 3 Research design

Research design and Data collection Sources of data use and appraisal of existing information

primary and secondary data Information from respondents sampling design scaling techniques and

questionnaire design interviewing various methods of survey data collection Information from

experiment experimental design for marketing Models Sources of Errors

Unit 4 Data Analysis

Various tools like conjoint factor analysis discriminant analysis etc for analyzing qualitative as well

as quantitative data Use of SPSS for data analysis Report preparation and presentation

Unit 5 Marketing Information Systems

Organization Structure and design its role in planning and control the place of marketing research

Attitude Measurement

Unit 6 Report preparation and Presentation

Reference Books

1 Naresh K Malhotra MARKETING RESEARCH AN APPLIED ORIENTATION Pearson

Education Asia

2 Paul E Green amp Donald S Tull RESEARCH FOR MARKETING DECISIONS

3 Aaker Kumar amp Day MARKETING RESEARCH John Wiley amp Sons

SM-204 Economic Environment of Business 4-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Major economic problems National income accounting Expenditure and income approaches to GNP

Measuring inflation and unemployment Determination of the equilibrium level of income

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 16: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

16

Unit 2 Consumption Function

Consumption function Investment demand Aggregate demand and equilibrium output The multiplier

process Government sector

Unit 3 Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy Tax receipts and Transfer payments Foreign spending Money interest and income

Functions of money Definition of money Reserve Bank of India and Commercial Banks Creation of

money

Unit 4 money Control instruments

The instruments of monetary control The demand for money Investment expenditure and rate of

interest The IS curve Money market and the LM curve Liquidity trap The IS-LM model Derivation

of the aggregate demand curve

Unit 5 Monetary and fiscal Policy

Monetary and fiscal polices Keynesian versus monetarist views The aggregate supply function

Keynesian and classical Inflation and unemployment Stagflation The Phillips curve The long-run

Phillips curve Inflation expectations The rational expectations

Unit 6 Contemporary Issues

Reference Books

1 Adhikari M Economic Environment of Business2000 8th

Ed Excel Books

2 Morrison J The International Businee Environment (Palgrave 2003)

3 George A and Steiner G A ndash Business Government and society (Macmillan)

SM-205 Knowledge and Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1

Introduction to Knowledge Management Essential components of KM model Analyzing current

knowledge state Formulating a mix of knowledge assets and communities of practice

Unit 2

Building Knowledge Assets Capturing expertise Differentiating between tacit and explicit

knowledge Uncovering tacit knowledge Sources of knowledge

Unit 3

Creating Strategies for Success Generating a KM-specific vision Integrating organizational and

business goals with KM Choosing the right KM techniques

Unit 4

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 17: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

17

KM audit Audit of KM Overcoming barriers and pitfalls KM strategy Knowledge Management

Implementation and measuring the value of KM

Unit 5

Understanding Technology definition Key concepts role importance need History of technological

developments

Unit 6

Technology-Management integration Life cycle approach to technology management Technology

innovation process

Reference Books

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Richard F Bellaver John M Lusa Knowledge Management Strategy and Technology Artech

Print on Demand 1st edition

3 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group

Publishing UK 2001

SM-206 Supply Chain Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction Perspective of Supply Chain Management Concept of Strategic fit Classification of SCs

Unit 2 Inventory Management Inventory management in Deterministic and uncertain environment Classification of inventory

Unit 3 Material Planning Aggregate Planning Material Requirements Planning (MRP) MRPII Distribution requirements

planning (DRP) Just-In-Time (JIT) Theory of Constrains

Unit 4 Vendor selection Vendor selection rating Supply management Inbound logistics Outsourcing Distribution

management Network design warehouse management Risk Pooling Aspects of Integration flexibility

and agility in SC Smart Pricing

Unit 5 Demand Management and Customer Service Demand Management and Customer ServiceOutbound to customer logistics systems ndash Demand

Management ndashTraditional Forecasting ndash CPFRP ndash customer service ndash expected cost of stockouts ndash

channels of distribution

Unit 6 Role of IT in SCM Role of IT in SCM ERP e-Business e-Commerce Bullwhip effect Performance Measurement System

in SCM Balance Scorecard SCORE Case Study Supply Chain games

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 18: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

18

Reference Books

1 Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl Supply Chain Management ndash

Strategy Planning and Operation PearsonPHI 3rd Edition 2007

2 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

3 Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

SM-207 Information Technology Management 3-0-0

Unit 1 Introduction

Information Systems Concepts Definitions Classification and Types IS success factors Outsourcing

Unit 2 Systems Development Process (SDLC) Web Site Management Managing Data Exposure to

Data Modeling Databases and Warehousing Introduction to SQL

Unit 3 Overview of e-commerce and e-governance (concepts classification issues challenges) IT and

Business Process Re-engineering

Unit 4 Leveraging IT for Collaboration Enabling IT infrastructure (Overview of networks www data

centres XML Groupware web services etc

Unit 5 Enterprise Systems IT enabled Supply Chains Managing IT Security IT strategic alignment

Unit 6 Porter‟s competitive forces model Competitive advantage through IT

Reference Books

1 Transforming Organizations in the Digital Economy by Efraim Turban Dorothy Leidner

Ephraim Mclean James Wetherbe

2 Information Systems Today Managing in the IT World by Leonard Jessup and Joseph

Valacich (PHI Learning)

3 Management Information Systems ndash Managing the Digital Firm Kenneth C Laudon Jane

PLaudon (Pearson Education Asia)

SM-208 Business and Corporate Law 3-0-0

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 19: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

19

Unit 1

Indian Contract Act 1872 Evolution of business Laws Essentials of a contract consideration void

voidable contracts Discharge of contracts remedies to a breach of contract and Quasi contracts

Unit 2

Sale of Goods Act 1930 Sale Agreement to sell Goods conditions and warranties transfer of

ownership in goods Auctions sale

Unit 3

Negotiable Instruments Act 1881 Promissory note bill of exchange Cheque Crossing and

Bouncing of cheques

Unit 4

Company Act 1956 Company and its features Promotion and Formation of a company online

registration of companies Types of companies

Unit 5

Company Act 1956 Memorandum and Articles of Association Prospectus Shares and share capital

shareholders meetings Directors their appointment share Qualification No of Directorships Powers

and Duties Compulsory winding up of a company

Unit 6

Consumer Protection Act 1986 Consumer their Protection unfair trade practice Redressal

machinery

Reference Books

1 Kapoor N D Elements of Mercanlite Law Sultan Chands and Sons 2009

2 Gulshan SS and Kapoor GK Business Law including Company Law New Age Publications 7th

edition

3 Bajaj Amit amp Puneet Law of Negotiable Instruments Macmillan Publishers India (2006)

SM-209 Comprehensive Viva Voce 4-0-0

Based on the self study activities participation in events attending the invited lectures and overall

learning of the subjects and concepts

SEMESTER III

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 20: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

20

SM-301 Corporate Evolution and Strategic Management 4-0-0

Unit 1 Nature of Strategic Management

Concept of Strategy Mintzberg‟s 5Ps of Strategy Strategic Decision Making Strategic Management

Process Strategists and their roles Competitive advantage internal context organization design

Unit 2 Strategy Identification

Vision Mission Goals and Objectives External Environmental Analysis Analysing Companies

Resource in Competitive Position RBV model IO model SWOT Analysis Strategies for competing in

Global Markets Strategic Analysis and Choice ndash BCG GE Directional Policy and Hofer‟s Matrices

Industry and Competitive Analysis

Unit 3 Strategic Formulation

Porter‟s Generic StrategiesGrand Strategies Concept of Value Chain Strategic Alliances external

context the spectrum of competition and Niche market competition in concentrated market entry and

the advantage of incumbency creating and capturing value in the chain

Unit 4 Strategy Implementation

Resource Allocation Structural Considerations and Organisational Design Leadership and Corporate

Culture Fundamental and Operational Strategies Plans and Policies

Unit 5 Strategy Evaluation

Importance and Nature of Strategic Evaluation Strategic and Operational Control Acquisitions and

Mergers Popularity and reasons for MampA Problems in achieving acquisition success Effective

acquisition Corporate restructuring focusing

Unit 6 Globalization and strategy

Multi Domestic Global Transnational Strategies Business Level and corporate level International

Cooperative Strategy Network cooperative strategy

Reference Books

1 Arthur A Thomson and Strickland A J (2002) Strategic Management ndash Concept and

cases Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi

2 Glueck W T and Lawrence R Jauch (2003) Business Policy and Strategic Management

Frank Bros amp Co

3 Azhar Kazmi (2004) Business Policy and Strategic Management Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 21: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

21

SM-302 International Business Environment 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 International Business and Environment World Trade in Goods and Services ndash Major

Trends and Developments Framework for Understanding International Business Environment

Analysis of Physical Demographic Economic Socio-cultural Political Legal and Technological

Environment of a Foreign Country Legal Framework of International Business Key Issues in

International Business Socio-cultural economic and political forces facing business

Unit 2 Global Trading Environment Liberalization of World Trade FDI and their Impact on the

Economy Multinationals and their Economic Impact Political and Legal Impact of Multinational

Corporations Strategies for Dealing with Multinations

Unit 3 Technology Transfer ndash Importance and Types Issues in Transfer of Technology to Developing

Countries

Unit 4 International Financial Environment Foreign Investment ndash Types and Flows Monetary

System- Exchange Rate Mechanism and Arrangements Movements in Foreign Exchange Rates and

Impact on Trade and Investment Flows Global Capital Markets Euro Currency

Unit 5 International Economic Institutions and Regional Economic Groups IMF World Bank

MIGA UNCTAD and WTO ATC GSP and International Commodity Agreements

Unit 6 Forms and their Functioning Multilateralism Vs Regionalism EU NAFTA ASEAN SAFTA

APEC and other Regional Economic Groupings

Reference Books

1 Hodgetts R and Luthens F (2003) International Management McGraw Hill Inc

2 Daniels John D and Radebaugh Lee H (2005) International Business Wiley India

3 Lasserre Philippe (2005) Global Strategic Management Palgrave McMillan

SM-303 Foreign Language 4 Credits 4-0-0

Language such as French Japanese German will be covered

Unit 1 Basics of communication

Unit 2 Syntax and semantics related to foreign language

Unit 3 Verbal Communication

Unit 4 Written Communication

Unit 5 Simple constructs and case studies

Unit 6 Videoaudio based Exercises

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 22: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

22

4 Electives from any one Group (A or B or C) 4 Credits Each

SEMESTER IV

SM-401 Project Management 4 Credits 4-0-0

Unit 1 Project Management Principles and Strategies key concepts and principles in project

management to describe the roles and responsibilities of the project manager

Unit 2 Definition of project and project management project life ndash cycle

Unit 3 Planning the project project planning process project charter and project plan work

breakdown structure (WBS) techniques project structuring and organization

Unit 4 Estimating Project Costs organize project activities resource and time constraints final

project schedule manually or by using automated tools

Unit 5 Activity sequencing precedence network diagram critical path method program evaluation

and review techniques project scheduling basics of scheduling

Unit 6 Executing the Project basic needs and requirement of project execution project tracking and

control elements factor contribute to successful project control

Reference Books

1 Meredith JR amp Mantel SJ (2008) Project Management a managerial approach 7th ed

Indianapolis Wiley Publishing

2 Charvat J Project management methodologies selecting implementing and supporting

methodologies and processes for projects 2003 John Wiley amp Sons

3 PMI A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge 2000

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 23: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

23

SM-402 Corporate Governance

Unit 1 Introduction CSR CSR ndash A New Paradigm Framework of Corporate Governance

Unit 2 Globalization and CSR Phases and Generations of CSR

Unit 3 Theories of CSR and Need of CSR Pyramid of CSR Corporate Responsibilities and Ethics

Comprehensive Case Studies

Unit 4 Models and Promotion of CSR Emerging Trends in Corporate Governance Comprehensive

Case Studies on the emerging trends in CSR

Unit 5 The Nature of Ethics in Managementshy Business Standards and Values shy Value Orientation

of the Firm

Unit 6 Measuring the impact of CSR Steps and Implementation Collaboration Continuum Case

Study

Reference Books

1 Fernando AC Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Pearson Education 10th

edition

2 McGregor Lynn The human face of Corporate Governance Palgrave Publishers

2000

3 Monks Robert AG Corporate Governance Blackwell Publishers 2001

4 Electives from any one Group (D or E or F) 4 Credits Each

ELECTIVES

A-KNOWLEDGE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMA-01 Management Information System

Unit 1 Introduction MIS and information systems Management support system and classifications

Unit 2 Role of MIS Strategic advantage with MIS Systems approach to problem solving Business

Process Reengineering (BPR) Internet worked enterprise in MIS Internet Intranet Extranet

Enterprise communication and collaboration

Unit 3 Decision support systems MIS support for decision making Decision support systems Tools

of business support systems what if analysis sensitivity analysis goal seek analysis optimization

analysis data mining for decision support

Unit 4 Developing MIS systems System Development Cycle System Analysis System Design

(DFD and ER diagrams)

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 24: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

24

Unit 5 Applications Cross-functional MIS ERP CRM SCM Transaction processing Artificial

intelligent technologies in business neural network fuzzy logic genetic algorithm virtual reality

Unit 6 Executive Information System Expert Support Systems Security and Ethical challenges

Reference Books

1 Jawadekar Management Information System Tata-Mcgraw-Hill-publication

2 Laudon amp Laudon Management Information System Pearson Education

3 Honeycutt Knowledge Management Strategies Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2000

SMA-02 Internet Business Models and Business Strategies Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce and its impact on organization economy Porter‟s framework in

the new economy

Unit 2 Value chain virtual value chain Extracting value out of the value chain (Amazon publishing

industry case)

Unit 3 Economics of information impact on strategy Value proposition business models and

revenue models on the web Business models components dynamic and appraisal

Unit 4 Value configuration and the internet Market opportunity analysis customer interface

market communication

Unit 5 Strategy formulation and implementation for online firms BMG online ford dell eBay

eggheadcom pricelinecom yahoo MicroAge wells Fargo online Charles schwb Merryl Lynch etc

Unit 6 Comprehensive overview and case discussion of impact of internet on various industries

Banking Travel Insurance Automobiles Health care advertising telecom retail etc

Reference Books

1 Allan Afuah and Christopher L Tucci (2001) Internet Business Models and Strategies

McGraw Hill-Irwin 2001

2 Manuel Castells (2002) The Internet Galaxy Reflections on the Internet Business and Society

Oxford University Press ISBN 0199241538 (December 2002)

3 Peter S Cohan (2000) e-Profit High Payoff Strategies for Capturing the E-Commerce Edge

AMACOM NY 2000

SMA-03 IT Enabled Services Management

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 25: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

25

Unit 1 Service A Conceptual Framework Strategic Planning for Services Services Marketing Mix

Unit 2 Customer Behavior and Services STP Strategies in Service Marketing Service Delivery

Process Information Technology and Service Management IT Enabled Services Strategic Framework

Unit 3 Overview of IT Enabled Service Call Centre Medical Transcription Data Processing and

Back Office Operation

Unit 4 Web Enabled Education Content Development and Multimedia Animation GIS Services

Ventures in IT Enabled Services and Business Process Outsourcing

Unit 5 IT Enabled Services Banking Insurance IT Enabled Customer Interaction Services Call

Centre IT Services Enterprises Wide Integration Networking Services Database Management

Services IT Consulting Services

Unit 6 Measuring Service Quality and Satisfaction Customer Relationship Management Web

Enabled Services Health Care Services Travel and Tourism Services Hospitality Services Telecom

Services Transportation Services Infrastructure Services

Reference Books

1 Management Information Systems Laudon and Laudon 7th Edition Pearson

Education Asia

2 Ralph Stiar and George Reynolds Fundamentals of Information technology Thomson

3 Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems Turban and Aronson Pearson

Education Asia

SMA-04 ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System ndash Evolution of ERP ndash Tangible and

Intangible Benefits ndash Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ndash ERP Implementation Stages ndash case study

Unit 2 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis ndash Competitive Environment Analysis ndash Gap

Analysis ndash Cost Elements ndash Feasibility Analysis ndash ERP Module ndashERP Industries verticals ndash ERP

Architecture ndash ERP Software ndash SAP ndash Baan ndash IFS ndash Oracle ndash People Soft Comparison of ERP

Software ndash ERP Package Evaluation Criteria ndash Package Life Cycle ndash Request for Information ndash

Functional Requirement Specification ndash Request for Proposal ndash Vendor Selection ndash ERP Consultants ndash

Case Studies

Unit 3 Implementation Business Process Reengineering Concepts ndash Reengineering and Process

Improvement ndash BPR Steps ndash AS-IS and TO ndash BE Analysis ndash Modelling Business Process ndash Successful

BPR ndash Reengineering ndash Organisational Readies ndash Implementation Approaches

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 26: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

26

Unit 4 Project Management Project Team ndash Steering Committee ndash Project Manager ndash Functional

Team ndash IS Team ndash Security Specialists Project Deliverables

Unit 5 Change Management ndash System Integration ndash Systems Integrations Standards ndash Middleware

Development ndash Forward And Reverse Engineering ndashERP Infrastructure Planning ndash System

Architecture

Unit 6 Post implementation Organisational Transformational Model of ES Success ndash Cross

Functional Organizational and Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits ndash Balanced Score

Card Method ndash ABCD Checklist Framework ndash Capability Maturity Framework ndash case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli Text Book of Enterprise Resource Planning

Macmillan India Ltd Chennai 2005

3 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

SMA-05 Data Base Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database Management

Systems

Unit 2 Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data Model

Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 3 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 4 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design

Unit 5 Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization SQL Queries SQL

Oracle Lab The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Ceri S Pelagatti G Distributed Database systems Principles and Systems Mc Graw Hill

2 Peter Rob Elie Semaan Databases Design Development amp Deployment using Microsoft

Access TATA MCGRAW ndash HILL EDITION

3 Fred R McFadden Modern Database Management Addison Wesley

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 27: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

27

SMA-06 Telecommunication for Business

Unit 1 Types of signals AM FM PM PCM PDM TDMA FDMA SDMA CDMA ASK FSK

PSK Features

Unit 2 Error detection and correction codes Hamming codes cyclic codes Data compression

Unit 3 LAN topologies Workstation Server Cables Types of Ethernet Broadband and base-band

Optical Fibers Network Interface Card Networks and accessories LAN MAN WAN Hub Bridges

Switches Routers Gateways Cell Relay Frame Relay FDDI ISDN B-ISDN

Unit 4 Services provided Services Protocols Service Access Points OSI Model Broadcasting

Multicasting Point-to-point communication IP Addressing Concepts Concepts of Port Socket ATM

Tunneling Network Address Translation Virtual Private Network

Unit 5 Network Operating systems UNIX Linux Windows Novell Netware Communication

Mobile communication

Unit 6 Applications of mobile communications Wireless communication Technologies Wireless

technologies Wireless LAN WAP XML XML script

Reference Books

1 William Stallings Business Data Communications Fifth Edition Prentice Hall

2 Rajneesh Agrawal amp Bharat Bhushan Tiwari Data Communication amp Computer Networks

Kindle books

3 Comer- Computer Networks and Internets Pearson Education 4th

edition

SMA-07 Mobile Commerce and Security

Unit 1 Introduction Generations of mobile computing Spectrum allocation Standard Bodies

Players in the Wireless Space three tier architecture of mobile computing Mobile Computing through

Internet Basic cellular system concept of frequency reuse channels hand-off mechanism cell splitting

Unit 2 GSM amp GPRS GSM features and Architecture Network Aspects in GSM GSM Frequency

Allocation Mobility management hand-off mechanisms cell splitting Security issues used in GSM

GPRS features and architecture network operations data services in GPRS applications and

limitations SMS and MMS services architecture and operation details

Unit 3 Emerging Telecommunication Technologies Introduction bluetooth EDGE UMTS

Wireless Broadband (WiMAX) Mobile IP Java Card WLAN Ad-hoc Networks Sensor Networks

Spread Spectrum technology CDMA Third generation networks and applications WAP Model

architecture amp protocol stack

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 28: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

28

Unit 4 Security Issues in Mobile Computing Introduction Information security Security

techniques and Algorithms security Protocols Public Key Infrastructure Trust Security Models

Security Frameworks for Mobile Environment

Unit 5 M-Commerce Introduction to m-commerce Emerging applications different players in m-

commerce m-commerce life cycle Mobile financial services mobile entertainment services and

proactive service management

Unit 6 Management of mobile commerce services Content development and distribution to hand-

held devices content caching pricing of mobile commerce services The emerging issues in mobile

commerce The role of emerging wireless LANs and 3G4G wireless networks personalized content

management implementation challenges in m-commerce futuristic m-commerce services

Reference Books

1 Dave Chaffey ldquoE-Business and E-Commerce Managementrdquo Third Edition 2009 Pearson

Education

2 Brian Mennecke and Troy Strader ldquoMobile Commerce Technology Theory and Applicationsrdquo

Idea Group 2003

3 Chan ldquoE-Commerce fundamentals and Applicationsrdquo Wiley India New Delhi

SMA-08 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Unit 1 Introduction Definition evolution need drivers scope approaches in Organizations

strategies in organizations components and functions understanding knowledge

Unit 2 Learning organization five components of learning organization knowledge sources and

documentation

Unit 3 Essentials Of Knowledge Management knowledge creation process knowledge management

techniques organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies building

the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization

Unit 4 Knowledge management system life cycle managing knowledge workers knowledge audit

and knowledge management practices in organizations Global dimension to Knowledge management

Environment Scanning and KM Knowledge Mapping India a Knowledge Society few case studies

Unit 5 Innovation Meaning Innovation and Invention Types and Sources of Innovation Process of

Innovation Technology innovation process

Unit 6 Innovation in corporationenterprise innovation in research strategies of innovation and

developing new business

Reference Books

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 29: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

29

1 Amrit Tiwana The Knowledge Management Toolkit Pearson Education New Delhi 2005

2 Yogesh Malhotra Knowledge Management and Business Model Innovation Idea Group Publishing

UK 2001

3 Shlomo Maital and d V R Seshadri INNOVATION MANAGEMENT Strategies Concepts and

Tools for Growth and Profit Sage Publications

SMA-09 Software Project and Quality management

Unit 1 Introduction Product life Cycle Project Life Cycle Models for software and Process Models

Unit 2 Project Management Processes and Activities Project Initiation Project Planning and

Tracking Project Closure

Unit 3 Engineering Activities Software requirement gathering estimation design and development

phase Project management in the testing and maintenance phase

Unit 4 Introduction to Software Quality Software Quality Views amp Standards ndash Fundamental

measures size efforts defects Software quality metrics complexity metrics

Unit 5 Defect Identification and removal efficiency Function Points ndash Benchmarking for software

quality

Unit 6 Software Quality Assurance Reliability models for Software quality ndash ISO 9000 for software

quality ndash CMM CMMI PCMM PSP and COCOMO ndash TQM for Software quality

Reference Books

1 Software Project Management Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell-

Tata McGraw Hill

2 Introduction to Software Project Management amp Quality Assurance By Ince Dorrel Helen

Sharp amp Mark Woodman

3 Software Engineering ndash Ian Sommerville Addison Wesley 2004

SMA-10 Business Process Reengineering

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Strategic aspects of BPR BPR and Total Quality Management The paradigm of Mass

customization managing organizational change

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 30: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

30

Unit 4 Transforming Reinventing the enterprise Team building Measurement issues in BPR

Operational aspects of BPR Case studies of success as well as failure

Unit 5 People view empowering people reengineering management Issues of purpose culture

process and performance

Unit 6 Change and Management of BPR Process of Change Stages in Change Different change

agents in an organization

Reference Books

1 Micheal Hammer and James Chamby Reengineering the Corporation Paperback

2 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

3 Vikram Sethi amp William R King ldquo Organizational transformation through business process

reengineeringrdquo Pearson education 2006

SMA-11 E-Business and E- Commerce

Unit 1 Introduction to E-Commerce Forces Driving E-Commerce Impact of E-Commerce E-

Commerce for Competitive Advantage Classification of E-Commerce Application of E-Commerce

Technology

Unit 2 Business Models Framework of E-Commerce Business to Business Business to Customer

Customer to Customer etc

Unit 3 LAN WAN Internet Intranet Extranet TCPIP Domain names FTP applications WWW

HTTP Web Browsers HTML XML

Unit 4 Securing Business on Network Security Policy Procedures and Practices Site Security

Firewalls Securing Web Service Transaction Security Cryptographic techniques Public Key Trust

Infrastructure Digital Signatures Security protocols for Web Commerce

Unit 5 Electronic Payment Systems Online Electronic Payment Systems Prepaid and Post Paid

Electronic Payment Systems Internet Advertising Models of Internet advertising

Unit 6 Launching Your E business- Marketing an E-Business Search Engines and Directories CRM

in E-commerce Building a Corporate Website Practical issues on servers and Application Software

Corporate Web Site Management issues E-commerce legal issues and Cyber laws E-commerce and

WTO

Reference Books

1 Efraim Turban et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash A managerial perspective‟ Pearson Education

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 31: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

31

Asia 2002

2 Kalakota et al bdquoFrontiers of Electronic Commerce‟ Addison Wesley 2001

3 Nabil Adam et al bdquoElectronic Commerce ndash Technical Business and Legal Issues‟ Prentice Hall

1998

SMA-12

Sectorial Application and Emerging Issues in KTM

(as decided by the faculty)

Elective-B

SMB-01 Total Quality Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Definition of Quality Dimensions of Quality Quality Planning Quality costs - Analysis Techniques

for Quality Costs Basic concepts of Total Quality Management Historical Review Principles of TQM

Leadership ndash Concepts Role of Senior Management Quality Council Quality Statements Strategic

Planning Deming Philosophy Barriers to TQM Implementation

Unit 2 TQM Principles

Customer satisfaction ndash Customer Perception of Quality Customer Complaints Service Quality

Customer Retention Employee Involvement ndash Motivation Empowerment Teams Recognition and

Reward Performance Appraisal Benefits

Unit 3 Continuous Process Improvement

Juran‟s Trilogy PDSA Cycle 5S Kaizen Supplier Partnership ndash Partnering sourcing Supplier

Selection Supplier Rating Relationship Development Performance Measures ndash Basic Concepts

Strategy Performance Measure

Unit 4 Statistical Process Control (SPC)

The seven tools of quality Statistical Fundamentals ndash Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion

Population and Sample Normal Curve Control Charts for variables and attributes Process capability

Concept of six sigma New seven Management tools

Unit 5 TQM Tools

Benchmarking ndash Reasons to Benchmark Benchmarking Process Quality Function Deployment (QFD)

ndash House of Quality QFD Process Benefits Taguchi Quality Loss Function Total Productive

Maintenance (TPM) ndash Concept Improvement Needs FMEA ndash Stages of FMEA

Unit 6 Quality Systems

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 32: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

32

Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 90002000 Quality System ndash Elements

Implementation of Quality System Documentation Quality Auditing TS 16949 ISO 14000 ndash

Concept Requirements and Benefits

Reference Books

1 Oakland John S (2006) TQM Text with Cases Elsevier Publications

2 Charantimath Poornima M (2003) Total quality Management Pearson Education

3 Ho Samuel K (2002) TQM An Integrated approach Kogan Page

SMB-02 International Logistics Management

Unit 1 INTRODUCTION International Logistics and Supply chain management meaning and

objectives importance in global economy Characteristics of global supply chains Supply chain

relationship to business performance -Key tasks of logistics and supply chain managers Role of

Government in controlling international trade and its impact on Logistics and supply chain

Unit 2 TRANSPORTATION Strategic importance of transport in global logistics logistical

objectives of transport International Ocean Transportation International Air Transportation and

International Land Transportation types characteristics and salient features intermodal transportation

in international operations factors influencing mode and carrier selection decision Outsourcing And

Logistics Service Providers Intermediaries and Alliances in Global Logistics Meaning of 3 PL and 4

PL service providers role in Global logistics types of services considerations for hiring 3PL and 4 PL

service providers Concept and need of outsourcing determinants for outsourcing decisions role of

outsourcing in global supply chain management

Unit 3 CUSTOMER SERVICE The marketing and logistics interface customer service and

customer retention Service driven logistics systems customer service priorities and standards

customer service strategy Planning the global supply chain Network design for global supply chain

management Risk management in the global context Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Unit 4 GLOBAL TRADE ENVIRONMENT a Global trade environment various trade blocksFTZ

and their impact on supply chain management Customs and Regulations Trade Documentation

International Contracts Terms of Trade Term of Payment International Currency INCO terms

Logistical packaging containerization Decisions in Network design-strategic importance location of

plant warehouse facilities capacity and number of warehouses Factors influencing network design

decisions Approaches to Inventory Management in Global Supply Chain Management Distribution

Resource Planning Symptoms of poor Inventory Management Modeling in Supply chain inventory

models safety stock determination for service level and lead time forecasting models routing

problem

Unit 5 COORDINATION IN SUPPLY CHAIN Importance of Coordination in Supply Chain

Bullwhip Effect Effect of lack of Coordination on performance Obstacles to Coordination Strategies

to achieve coordination Building Strategic Partnership and Trust In Supply Chain Role and

Importance of IT in Supply Chain Management IT solutions for Supply Chain Management Supply

Chain Information Technology in Practice

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 33: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

33

Unit 6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND TRENDS Dimensions of Performance Metrics

Approachestools for Performance Measurement Measuring logistics cost and performance

Benchmarking the supply chain Performance measurement and evaluation in global supply chains

Impediments to improve Performance Trends in International supply chain management

Reference Books

1 Douglas Long International Logistics Global Supply Chain Management Springer- Verlag New

York LLC2004

2 Philippe-Pierre Dornier Panos Kouvelis Michel Fender Global Operations and Logistics Text

and Cases Wiley John amp Sons Incorporated 1998

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB-03 Retail Management

Unit 1 Retail Management Introduction meaning Characteristics Retail industry in India role of

retailing Trends in Retailing

Unit 2 Emergence of organisations of retailing Retail Location and Layout plan careers in Retailing

Unit 3 Retail Market segmentation Introduction to Market segment Criteria for effective

segmentation Dimensions of segmentation customer profiles

Unit 4 Retailing Channels Products and merchandise management structure nature and channel

criteria for selection of suppliers Channel choice product movement Merchandising plans Store

management

Unit 5 Retail Pricing Factors and pricing Retail pricing strategies Retail promotion strategies Retail

sales promotion publicity

Unit 6 Relationship Marketing in Retailing Management of Relationship Evaluation of

Relationship Marketing Relationship Marketing Strategies Retail Research and Retail Audits Case

studies in Indian context only

Reference Books

1 Retail Management Barry Berman And Joel Evans Prentice Hall 11th

Edition

2 James Ogden Denise Ogdden - IntegratedRetail Management Biztantra 7th edition

3 Retailing Management Levy And Weitz Mcgraw Hill

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 34: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

34

SMB-04 Transportation Management

Unit 1 Introduction to transportation management Transportation and supply chain economy Models

and inter-relationship

Unit 2 Transportation regulation and public policy Motor carriers Railroads Domestic water carriers

Unit 3 Intermodal and special carriers recent trends and changing scenario in the transportation

management Case studies

Unit 4 International transportation costing and pricing in transportation practices adopted by the

successful companies

Unit 5 Relationship management Information management and technologies

Unit 6 ShipperCarriers network strategies Security and Culture

Reference Books

1 John J Coyle Edward J Bardi Robert A Novack Transportation 6th Edition

2 Pierre A David International Logistics The management of International Trade Operations

3 Kent N Gourdin Global Logistics Management A Competitive Advantage for the New

Millennium Blackwell Publishing 2006

SMB -05 Service Operations Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Management Service economy ndash evolution and growth of service

sector ndash nature and scope of services ndash characteristics ndash classification ndash service market potential ndash

expanded marketing mix for services ndash service quality ndash introduction to gaps model and SERVQUAL

dimensions

Unit 2 Focus on Customers Assessing service marketing opportunities ndash customer expectations and

perceptions of services ndash customer behaviour specific to usage of services

Unit 3 Markets segmentation ndash market targeting and selection

Unit 4 Service Design Levels of service product ndash Service life cycle ndash new service development ndash

service blueprinting ndash physical evidence and service scape ndash competitive differentiation of services ndash

service positioning strategies ndash developing positioning maps ndash pricing of services ndash methods and

specific issues

Unit 5 Service Delivery People in services ndash service process- distributing service direct distribution

channel function channels selection impact of information technology ndash designing communications

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 35: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

35

mix for promoting services ndash building service customer relationships and service recovery ndash role of

internal marketing in service delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Strategies for different services Formulating service marketing strategies for

health hospitality tourism logistics financial information technology educational entertainment and

public utility services

Reference Books

1 Robert Johnston Graham Clark Service Operations Management Pearson Education 3rd

Edition

2 James Fitzsimmons Mona Fitzsimmons Service Management Operations Strategy

Information Technology 6th edition

3 Richard B Chase Operations Management for Competitive Advantage 6th edition

SMB-06 SCM and Customer Relationship Management

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-07 Business Process Reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMB-08 IT in Supply Chain Management

Unit 1 Introduction Global Supply Chain Strategy impact of globalization on supply chain

management

Unit 2 Logistics and Inventory management Managing Product Mix for Short Life Products and

Forecasting Error Measurement

Unit 3 Supplier Coordination Supply Contracts and Options

Unit 4 Inventory Modeling for Replenishment Systems

Unit 5 Supply Chain Simulation application of frameworks and mathematical modeling tools to

supply chain management problems

Unit 6 Supply Chain Sourcing and Channel Strategy Supply Chain Integration - Application of

RFID IT Adoption and Maintenance in SC Explore leading-edge use of information technology in

supply chain integration impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes

Reference Books

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 36: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

36

1 Coyle Bardi Longley The management of Business Logistics ndash A

supply Chain Perspective Thomson Press 2006

2 D onald J Bowersox Dand J Closs M Bixby Coluper Supply Chain Logistics Management

TMH Second Edition 2008

3 Wisner Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan Principles of Supply Chain Management A

Balanced Approach Thomson Press 2005

SMB-09 Sectorial Application of SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-10 Emerging Issues in SCM

(as decided by the faculty)

C-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

SMC 01 Strategic Telecommunications Management

Unit 1 Telecom Technology Systems Evolution Recent Developments in Telecom Industry

Regulation amp Liberalization policy Techno-managerial aspects of telecommunication role of the

telecommunication managers in a dynamic environment

Unit 2 Economic perspectives of Telecom Systems Role of telecommunications in socio-economic

development new technologies and services for international telecommunications business application

of global networks Regional prospectus on development of Telecom

Unit 3 Business perspectives of Telecom Management The business of telecommunication

telecommunication as a facilitating infrastructure for economic development of the country technical

survey of the ways and means that voice data and video traffic are moved long distances data network

the telephone systemTelecom marketing

Unit 4 Building brand equity for competitive advantage Customer care total service quality

management preparing for the new millennium managing change and people development

Unit 5 Policy perspectives issues Issues of the monopolization and deregulation of telecom national

telecom policy various institutions organizations like telecom regulatory authority etc conveyance

Telecom service costing economic evaluation of telecom projects telecom project financing

Unit 6 Current and Emerging perspectives Issues in Telecom Management Current emerging

issues and implications for the industry Indian markets policy issues capacity building problems

challenges of growth

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 37: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

37

Reference Books

1 Nolan Vincent Jones Telecommunications Management Virtualbookworm

2 Richard A Gershon Telecommunications and Business Strategy Routledge 2 edition

3 James K Shaw Strategic Management in Telecommunications Artech House

Telecommunications Library

SMC-02 Data Warehousing and Data Base Management

Unit 1 Concept of Data warehouse Uses of Data warehouse Justifying a Data warehouse Contents

of Data warehouse Data Warehouse design approaches Relational Data Warehouse Multi

Dimensional Database structures ETL Data extraction Transformation Cleansing Loading Data

Mart Data Warehouse Information flows Metadata

Unit 2 Analyzing the contents of a data warehouse Online analytical processing (OLAP)

Unit 3 Hardware and Software Tools Concepts of Data MiningUsing Data warehouse for Business

Intelligence and CRM Introduction to Database Organization of Database Components of Database

Management Systems Data Models Entity-Relationship Model Network Data Model Hierarchy Data

Model Semantic Data Model Advantages Of DBMS

Unit 4 Basic File Structure Indexed Sequential Hashing and File Organization Relational Data

Model Relational Calculus Tuple Calculus System Structured English Query Language Algebraic

Operations

Unit 5 Relational Database Design Integrity Constraints Functional Dependencies Normalization

Physical Database Design Decomposition Of Relation Schemes Query Processing And Optimization

SQL Queries SQL The Client Server Database Environment

Unit 6 Object Oriented Data Models Network and Hierarchy Models Security Data Warehousing

Data and Database Administration Distributed Databases

Reference Books

1 Beynon-Davies P- Database Systems Palgrave 2003

2 Hoffer- Modern Database Management Pearson Education 6 th edition

3 Majumdar and Bhattacharya- Database Management System Tata McGraw-Hill

SMC03- Business Systems Analysis and Design

Unit 1 Information System Building Blocks System Analysis Fact finding Techniques for

Requirement Analysis

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 38: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

38

Unit 2 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Data Modeling and analysis Managing

Requirement Changes

Unit 3 Process Modeling Re-engineering Business Processes Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling

Unit 4 Application Architecture and Modeling Database Design user interface design and prototyping

Unit 5 Issues in Planning and Implementation of IT based Systems

Unit 6 Implementing and Maintaining System

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Whitten amp Lonnie D Bentley Systems Analysis and Design Methods Tata Mcgraw

Hill

2 Sommerville Software Engineering Pearson Education

3 Roger S Pressman Software Engineering McGrawHill

SMC-04 Knowledge Management and Innovation

Same as SMA-08

SMC-05 Software Project and Quality Management

Same as SMA-09

SMC-06 Mobile commerce and security

Same as SMA-07

SMC-07 BPR and ERP Implementation

Unit 1 Introduction to BPR Nature significance and rationale of Business Process Reengineering

Reengineering scenario

Unit 2 Problems issues scope and trends in BPR Implementing BPR Methodology and steps IT

enabled reengineering

Unit 3 Introduction ERP Concepts - Enterprise System Evolution of ERP Tangible and Intangible

Benefits Emerging Trends in ERP adoption ERP Implementation Stages case study

Unit 4 Pre-Implementation Stage Need Analysis Competitive Environment Analysis Gap Analysis

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 39: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

39

Cost Elements Feasibility Analysis ERP Module ERP Software SAP Baan Oracle People Soft

Comparison of ERP Softwares ERP Package Evaluation Criteria Package Life Cycle case Studies

Unit 5 Project Management Project Team and Change Management

Unit 6 Post implementation Post implementation Success Cross Functional Organizational and

Industrial Impacts Measuring Business Benefits case study

Reference Books

1 Liaquat Hossain Jon David Patrick and MA Rashid Enterprise Resource Planning Global

Opportunities amp Challenges Idea Group Publishing

2 Alexis Leon Enterprise Resource Planning Demystified Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd New Delhi 2004

3 RRadhakrishnan and SBalasubramanian ldquoBuisness Process Reengineering Text Casesrdquo PHI

2008

SMC-08 e-Governance

(as decided by the faculty)

SMC-09 Telecommunications for Business

Same as SMA-06

SMC-10 Business process reengineering

Same as SMA-10

SMC-11 Sectorial Application of ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

SMB-12 Emerging Issues in ITM

(as decided by the faculty)

ELECTIVE ndashD MARKETING MANAGEMENT

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 40: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

40

SMD-01 International marketing management

Unit 1 International Marketing Meaning Nature and Importance International Marketing

Orientation EPRG ndash Approach An overview of the International Marketing Management Process

International Marketing Environment

Unit 2 International Market Segmentation and Positioning Screening and Selection of Markets

International Market Entry Strategies Exporting licensing Contract Manufacturing Joint Venture M

amp A Setting-up of Wholly Owned Subsidiaries Aboard Strategic Alliances

Unit 3 International Product and Pricing Strategies Product Designing Product Standardization

Vs Adaptation Managing Product Line International Trade Product Life Cycle New Product

Development Pricing for International Markets Factors Affecting International Price Determination

Price Quotations and Terms of Sale

Unit 4 Managing International Distribution and Promotion Distribution Channel Strategy ndash

International Distribution Channels their Roles and Functions Selection and Management of Overseas

Agents International Distribution Logistics Planning for Trade Fairs and Exhibitions

Unit 5 International Promotion Mix ndash Advertising and other Modes of Communication

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in International Marketing Regionalism vs Multilaterism Trade Blocks

Important Grouping in the World Legal Dimensions in International Marketing (Role of WTO)

Marketing Research for Identifying Opportunities in International Markets

Reference Books

1 Bhattacharya B Export Marketing Strategies for Success Global Business Press New Delhi

1991

2 Cateora Phillip R and John L Grahm International Marketing 10th ed Irwin McGraw Hill

Boston 1999

3 Fair-weather John International Marketing Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd New Delhi(16)

SMD-02 Retail and distribution and Management

Unit 1 Definition importance and scope of Retailing Evolution of Retail Competition- The Wheel

of Retailing the Accordion

Unit 2 The Retail Life Cycle Emerging Trends in Retailing The Retail Scenario in India Retail

Formats

Unit 3 Information Gathering in Retailing Retail Strategic Planning and Operation Management

Retail Financial Strategy Target Market Selection and Retail

Unit 4 Location Store Design and Layout Visual Merchandising and Displays

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 41: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

41

Unit 5 Merchandise Planning Buying and Handling Merchandise Pricing Retail Communication

Mix Promotional Strategy Retail Human Resources Management Customer Service The GAPs

Model Customer Relationship Management

Unit 6 Retail Management Information Systems Retail Audits Online Retailing Global Retailing

Legal and Ethical Issues in Retailing

Reference Books

1 Berman B Evans J R (2004) Retail Management 9th Edition Pearson Education

2 Dunne PM Lusch RF and David A (2002) Retailing 4th ed South-Western Thomson

Learning Inc

3 David Mulcahy Warehouse Distribution and Operations Handbook McGraw-Hill Handbooks

SMD-03 Marketing of Services

Unit 1 Introduction to Services Marketing Growing Importance of Services Sector Meaning and

Nature of Services Classification of Services and Marketing Implications Services Marketing Process

Unit 2 Understanding Customers buying Considerations and Behaviour Customer Expectations

and Perceptions Defining and Measuring Service Quality (Servequal and Servepref)

Unit 3 GAPs Model Defining and Measuring Customer Satisfaction Service Recovery

Unit 4 Services Marketing Mix Services Design and Development Service Blueprinting Service

Process Physical Evidence and Servicescape Pricing of services

Unit 5 Services Distribution Management Managing the Integrated Services Communication Mix

Managing Service Personnel Employee and Customer Role in Service Delivery

Unit 6 Marketing Applications in Select Service Industries Hospitality Services Tourism Services

Banking Services Health and Insurance Services

Reference Books

1 Christopher H Lovelock Services Marketing Prentice Hall International New Jeresy 2006

2 Payne Adrian The Essence of Services Marketing Prentice Hall of India Ltd 2008

3 Zeithmal VA and Bitner MJ Services Marketing McGraw Hill Co Ltd 2009

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 42: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

42

SMD-04 Advertising and Brand Management

Unit 1 Introduction to Advertisement Concept and definition of advertisement ndash Social Economic

and Legal Implications of Advertisement ndash setting advertisement objective ndash Ad Agencies ndash selection

and remuneration ndash advertisement campaign

Unit 2 Advertisement Media Media plan ndash type and choice criteria ndash reach and frequency of

advertisements- cost of advertisements related to sales ndash media strategy and scheduling

Unit 3 Design and Execution of Advertisement Message development ndash different types of

advertisement ndash layout ndash design appeal ndash copy structure ndash advertisement production ndash print ndash Radio

TV and web advertisement ndash Media Research ndash testing validity and reliability of ads ndash measuring

impact of advertisements

Unit 4 Brand-concept Nature and Importance of Brand Brand vs Generics Brand Life Cycle Brand

Name and Brand Management

Unit 5 Brand Identity Conceiving Planning and Executing (Aaker Model) Brand Loyalty Measures

of Loyalty Brand Equity Concepts and Measures of Brand Equity-Cost Price and Consumer Based

Methods Sustaining Brand Equity Brand Personality Definition of Brand Personality Measures of

Personality Formulation of Brand Personality Brand Image Vs Brand Personality

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 43: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

43

Unit 6 Brand Positioning Concepts and Definitions Repositioning Celebrity Endorsement Brand

Extension Differential Advantage Strategies for Competitive Advantage Brand Pyramid Branding in

different sectors Role of Information in Brand Management Role of e- communities in Brand

Management

Reference Books

1 Akaker David A Batra Rajeev and Myers John G Advertising Management Prentice Hall

New Jersey 1996

2 Hard Norman The Practice of Advertising Butter worth Heinemann Oxford 2005

3 Arnold David The Handbook of Brand Management Random Century House London 2002

SMD-05 Rural and Social Marketing

Unit 1 Rural Marketing Introduction Definition Myths and Reality of Rural Markets

Characteristics of Rural People Rural market Environment Rural Infrastructure Problems of Rural

Marketing as regards Product Positioning Distributions Language Media Transport etc Challenges

for Rural Marketing

Unit 2 Rural Marketing Strategies Rural Market Segmentation Product Strategies Pricing

Strategies Promotion Strategies Distributor Strategies

Unit 3 Rural Marketing Research Role of IT in Rural Marketing (e-Chaupals etc) with few case

studies Marketing of Rural and Cottage Industry Products Future of Rural Marketing in India

Unit 4 Foundation of Social Marketing Definition Nature and Scope Social Marketing Challenges

Conceptual Framework of Social Marketing Need for Social Marketing

Unit 5 Social Marketing Strategies and Applications Social Markets Segmentation Product

Strategies Marketing Mix Pricing Strategies

Unit 6 Promoter Strategies Role of Govt and NGO‟s in Social Marketing Social Marketing Applied

in Family Planning Medicare Small Savings AIDS Prevention

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 44: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

44

Reference Books

1 Krishnamacharyulu And Lalitha Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing Pearson Education India

2 Kashyap Pradeep And Raut Siddartha Rural Marketing Biztantra

3 Ruchika Ramakrishnan Rural Marketing New Century

SMD-06 Promotion Management and Business to Business Marketing

Unit 1 Introductions Overview What is B2B Character of B2B Character of B2B

Unit 2 B2B Purchase Function Org Buyer Behavior Market Opportunities in B2B Marketing

Strategy in B2B Marketing Strategy in B2B Weaving Marketing into the Fabric of the firm

Unit 3 Managing B2B Products Pricing amp Negotiations Channels Communicating with Customers

(IMC) Advertising Trade and PROne-to-One Media Sales and Sales Management Project

Presentation

Unit 4 Introduction to Sales Promotion Scope and role of sale promotion ndash definition ndash objective

sales promotion sales promotion techniques ndash trade oriented and consumer oriented

Unit 5 Sales Promotion Campaign Sales promotion ndash Requirement identification ndash designing of

sales promotion campaign ndash involvement of salesmen and dealers

Unit 6 Out sourcing sales promotion national and international promotion strategies ndash Integrated

promotion ndash Coordination within the various promotion techniques ndash online sales promotions

Reference Books

1 Jeffrey Heilbrunn Marketing Encyclopedia Issues and Trends Shaping the Future merican

Marketing Association

2 David Ford Understanding Business Marketing and Purchasing Cengage Learning Business

Press 3 edition

3 John Coe The Fundamentals of Business-to-Business Sales amp Marketing McGraw-Hill 1

edition

SMD-07 Consumer Behavior

Unit 1 Introduction to consumer behavior ndashDefinition of consumer behavior applications of

consumer behaviour -Consumer behavior and marketing strategy Consumer research-Primary and

secondary methods-tools used-survey focus groups personal interviews projective techniques

Consumer segmentation-bases of segmentation-demographic behavioural benefit Consumer modeling-

Economic model-psychoanalytical model ndash sociological model

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 45: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

45

Unit 2 Influence of social class -Definition and meaning of social stratification-factors responsible for

social stratification-characteristic features of social classes- social influence on consumer behavior

Group Dynamics and consumer reference groups- definition and meaning of group ndash reasons for

formation of group- types of groups relevant to consumer behaviour information

Unit 3 Individual determinants-Perception-factors in perception- meaning of perception- perceptual

process-factors responsible for perceptual distortion Learning- Weber‟s law-Classical conditioning-

operant conditioning-marketing implications- Components of learning process Personality and

emotion Personality ndashmeaning and nature ndash characteristics of personality- stages in the development of

personality- personality influences and consumer behaviour

Unit 4 Motivation ndash needs - goals- dynamic characteristics of motivation ndash consumer imagery and

perceived risk hard core behavioural perspective-social learning perspective-cognitive approach-

biological approach-rational expectations psychoanalytical perspective-Maslow‟s hierarchy of needs-

Properties of motivation- Three main types of conflicts- Attitudes-definition beliefs- affect- behavioural

intention-attitude changing strategies

Unit 5 Self concept situational influences and lifestyle-overview Consumer decision making process

Unit 6 Consumption and post purchase behaviour Consumer satisfaction concept cognitive

dissonance consumer delight Consumer Value Consumer Value Delivery Strategies Competitive

advantage through customer value Information ndash Customer value determination process - Measuring

customer satisfaction

Reference Books

1 Schiffman LG and Kanuk LL Consumer Behaviour 9th Edition Prentice Hall of India New

Delhi

2 Seth J N amp Mittal B (2nd ed 2003) Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective

Thomson South-Western

3 Hawkins D I amp Roger J B and Kenneth AC (2001) Consumer Behaviour-Building

Marketing Strategy Irwin McGraw-Hill New York

SMD-08 Customer Relationship Management

Unit 1 Introduction Definition of CRM CRM as a business strategy elements of CRM CRM

processes and systems

Unit 2 Strategy and Organization of CRM History of CRM Dynamics of Customer Supplier

Relationships Nature and context of CRM strategy The relationship oriented organization

Unit 3 Marketing Aspects of CRM Customer knowledge privacy issues communications and

multishy channels in CRM the individualized customer proposition Relationship policy

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 46: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

46

Unit 4 Analytical CRM Relationship data management Data analysis and data mining

Segmentation and selection Retention and crosssell analysis Effects of marketing activities Reporting

results Operational CRM Call centre management Internet and website Direct mail

Unit 5 Collaborative CRMCRM Subsystems Contact Management Campaign Management Sales

Force Automation Choosing CRM Tools Software Package Shortlisting prospective CRM vendors

setting evaluation criteria for the appropriate CRM package selection CRM implementation

Unit 6 CRM systems and Implementation CRM systems Implementation of CRM systems Ethical

Issues in CRM

Reference Books

1 Barnes James G Secrets of Customer Relationship Management McGraw Hill New York

2001

2 McKenna Regis Relationship Marketing Successful Strategies for the Age of the Customers

Addison Wesley Publishing Company 2008

3 Stone Merlin and Wood rock Neil Relationship Marketing kogan Page London 2006

Group E Financial Management

SME -01 Security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 1 Introduction

Concepts of investment- Financial and non-financial forms of investment ndash Objectives of financial

investment investment methods ndash Security and non-security forms of investment ndash Sources of

investment information- Investment Instruments

Unit 2 Financial markets

primary and secondary markets ndash major players and instruments in secondary market - Functioning of

stock exchanges trading and settlement procedures at NSE amp BSE Stock markets guidelines on

primary amp secondary markets ) Behaviour of stock market prices implications of efficiency market

hypothesis for security analysis and portfolio management

Unit 3 Valuation of securities

bond and fixed income instruments valuation ndashbond pricing theorems duration of bond and

immunisation of interest risk term structure of interest rate determination of yield curves valuation of

equity and preference shares (Dividend capitalisation amp CAPM)

Unit 4 Risk

Analysis of risk amp return concept of total risk factors contributing to total risk systematic and

unsystematic risk default risk interest rate risk market risk management risk purchasing power risk

Risk amp risk aversion Capital allocation between risky amp risk free assets-Utility analysis

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 47: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

47

Unit 5 Fundamental amp Technical Analysis of equity stock

Concept of intrinsic value Objectives and beliefs of fundamental analysts Economy-Industry-

Company framework Economic analysis and forecasting Theory of Technical analysis points and

figures chart bar chart contrary opinions theory confidence index RSA RSI Moving average

analysis Japanese Candlesticks

Unit 6 Modern portfolio theory

Asset allocation decision Dominant amp Efficient portfolio simple diversification Markowitz

diversification model selecting an optimal portfolio ndash Sharpe single index model Determination of

corner portfolio Process of portfolio management ndash International Diversification Portfolio

performance evaluation Sharp amp Treynor amp Jensen‟s measure Portfolio revision ndash Active and passive

strategies amp formula plans in portfolio revision Mutual funds- types performance evaluation of mutual

funds functions of Asset Management Companies

Reference Books

1 Investment Analysis and Portfolio management ndash Prasanna Chandra

ndash TMH - 2nd Edition 2005

2 Investments ndash Zvi Bodie amp Mohanty ndash TMH ndash 6th Edition 2005

3 Security Analysis amp Portfolio Management SBhat Excel Books

SME-02 Mergers Acquisitions amp Corporate restructuring

Unit 1 Mergers An Introduction

In the nature of acquisitions and amalgamations types of merger ndash motives behind mergers ndash theories

of mergers ndash operating financial and managerial synergy of mergers ndash value creation in horizontal

vertical and conglomerate mergers ndash internal and external change forces contributing to M amp A

activities A strategic perspective- industry life cycle and product life cycle analysis in MampA decision

strategic approaches to MampA- SWOT analysis BCG matrix Porter‟s Five forces model

Unit 2 Legal Framework Legal and regulatory frame work of M amp A ndash provisions of company‟s act

1956 Indian Income Tax act 1961 ndash SEBI take over code Provisions of

Competition Act

Unit 3 Corporate restructuring

Different methods of restructuring ndash joint ventures ndash sell off and spin off ndash divestitures ndash equity carve

out ndash leveraged buy outs (LBO) ndash management buy outs ndash master limited partnerships ndash employee stock

ownership plans (ESOP)

Unit 4 Merger Process

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 48: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

48

Dynamics of MampA process- identification of targets negotiation closing the deal Five-stage model ndash

due diligence (detailed discussion)Process of merger integration ndash organizational and human aspects ndash

managerial challenges of M amp A

Unit 5 Valuation

Valuation approaches ndashdiscounted cash flow valuation ndash relative valuation ndash valuing operating and

financial synergy ndash valuing corporate control ndash valuing of LBO Methods of financing mergers ndash cash

offer share exchange ratio ndash mergers as a capital budgeting decision

Unit 6 Accounting and taxation for amalgamation

Pooling of interest method purchase method ndash procedure laid down under Indian companies act of

1956 Takeovers types hostile takeover approaches Takeover defenses ndash financial defensive measures

ndash Coercive offers and defense ndash anti-takeover amendments ndash poison pill defense Legal and regulatory

frame work of M amp A

Reference Books

1 Mergers acquisitions and Business valuation Ravindhar Vadapalli

ndash Excel books 1e 2007

2 Ashwath Damodaran ndash Corporate Finance-Theory And Practice ndash

John Wiley amp Sons

3 Company Law amp Practice ndash Taxmann ndash Recommended book for

module-8

SME-03 Corporate Business taxation and Planning

Unit 1 Introduction

Definitions Residential status Heads of Income Computation of Taxable Income

Unit 2Taxation of Companies

Special Provisions in Computation of Profits from Business Deductions from Gross Total Income

Amalgamations of Companies and fiscal Incentives Minimum Alternate Tax on Companies Special

Provisions relating to Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies

Unit 3 Tax Planning

Concepts relating to Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion Tax Planning with reference to Location of

Undertaking Type of Activity Ownership Pattern Dividend Policy Issue of Bonus Shares Inter

Corporate Dividends and Transfers Tax Planning relating to Amalgamations and Mergers of

Companies Tax considerations in respect of specific managerial decisions like Make or Buy Own or

Lease Close or Continue Sale in Domestic Markets or Exports Capital Budgeting Decisions

Managerial Remuneration Foreign Collaboration and Joint Ventures

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 49: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

49

Unit 4 Tax Management Filing of Returns and Assessments Penalties and Prosecutions Appeals and

Revisions Advance Tax TDS Advance Rulings Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreements

Unit 5 Indian Laws and Regulations Governing International Transactions

FEMA Taxation of foreign income Foreign investments Setting up offices and branches abroad

Restrictions on trade in endangered species and other commodities

Unit 6 Legal Framework of International Business

Nature and complexities Code and common laws and their implications to business

Reference Books

1 Ahuja G K amp Gupta Ravi Systematic Approach to Income Tax Allahabad Bharat Law

House

2 Bhagwati Prasad Direct Taxes Law amp Practice Wishwa Prakashan

3 Kanga J B and Palkhivala N A Income Tax Bombay N M Tripathi

SME-04 International Financial Management

UNIT 1 Introduction

International financial Environment- The Importance rewards amp risk of

international finance- Goals of MNC- International Business methods ndash

Exposure to international risk- International Monetary system- Multilateral

financial institution-Government influence on exchange rate

UNIT 2 International flow of funds Balance of payments(determination of current

account capital account amp ORA)-International Trade flows-International

Capital Flows-Agencies that facilitate International flows ndash Equilibrium

disequilibrium amp adjustment of Balance of payment amp Trade deficits

UNIT 3 International Financial Markets Foreign exchange markets-foreignexchange trading-Cash amp Spot exchange markets-foreign exchange

rates ampquotation- forward markets-Exchange rate Behavior-Cross Rates-Foreignexchange market

participants-arbitrage profit in foreign exchange markets

Swift Mechanism

UNIT 4 Forecasting foreign Exchange rate Measuring exchange rate movements-Exchange rate equilibrium ndash Factors effecting foreign exchange

rate forecasting exchange rates- international parity relationship interest rate parity purchasing power

parity amp fisher effects

UNIT 5 Foreign Exchange exposure

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 50: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

50

Management of Transaction exposure-Management of Translation exposure- Management of

Economic exposure-Management of political Exposure- Management of Interest rate exposure

UNIT 6 Foreign exchange risk Management

Hedging against foreign exchange exposure ndash Forward market- Futures Market- options Market-

Currency Swaps-Interest rate Swap- Cross currency Swaps-Hedging through currency of invoicing-

Hedging through mixed currency invoicing ndashHedging through

selection of supplying country Country risk analysis International Capital Budgeting Concept

Problems associated Evaluation of a project Factors affecting Risk Evaluation Impact on ValueLong

term Asset amp Liability management-Foreign Direct investment ndashForeign portfolio investment-

International Financial instruments International Bond amp Equity marketshort term Asst amp liability

management-Working Capital Policy-Cash management ndashReceivable Management- Inventory

Management- Short term Financing decision ndash international Banking and money market

Reference Books

1 Eun amp Resnick ndash International Finance Management ---(Tata

McGraw Hill) 4e

2 Jeff Madura International Finance Management ---(Thomson) 7e

2004

3 PG Apte-International Finance Management- ( Tata McGraw Hill)

4e

SME-05 Investment Banking

Unit 1 Essentials of the EquityStock Market

The new issue marketInitial Public Offerings (IPOs) -Publicly Traded Markets Factors affecting the

secondary trading market stock exchanges market indices liquidity and volatility issues -Corporate

effects on stock pricing priceearnings ratios book value valuation based on expectations vs historical

reporting -External and international economic effects on stock market values liquidity and volatility -

Fundamentals of stock market technical analysis -Private EquityVenture Capital and Direct

Investment

Unit 2 Essentials of the Fixed IncomeBond Market Differences between stocksequity and bondscredit markets -Fundamentals and mathematics of the

credit fixed incomebond market -Corporate credit and economic impacts on bond markets interest

rates yields and credit pricing spreads Investment Grade vs Non Investment Grade (High YieldJunk

Bonds) -Fundamentals of the workings of the credit markets -Convertible Bonds and Asset Backed

Securities -Trading Positioning Underwriting and Distribution -Rating Agencies

Unit 3 Management of Public Offers and Private Placements

Initial Public Offers Rights Issues and Secondary Public Offers

Public Offers of Debt Securities Overseas Capital Market Issues Exit Offers

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 51: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

51

Unit 4 Corporate Advisory Services

Business Advisory Services‟Project Advisory Services

Financial Restructuring Advisory Mergers and Acquisitions Advisory

Unit 5 Essentials and interrelationship between and among IssuersBorrowers IntermediariesUnderwriters and Investors for the equity and bond markets-Individual investors -

Institutional Investors banks mutual funds investment managers pension funds insurance companies

and hedge funds -Devising and analyzing an investment strategy

Unit 6 LegalRegulatory Compliance

Risk Management and Back Office -Ethics insider trading corporate governance fiduciary

responsibilities -Compliance and Regulatory Environment -Credit Market OperationsProcessing Risk

Management -Documentation Transaction Processing Financial Control and Reporting

Reference Books

1 Subramanyam Pratap Investment banking Tata McGraw-Hill 1st ed

2 The Business of Investment Banks by Michel Fleuriet

SME-06 Futures Options and Risk Management

Unit 1 Fundamentals of derivatives Basics of hedging credit currency and interest rate risks -

Difference between hedging and speculation -Devising and analyzing a borrowing and hedging

strategy -Hedge Funds vs Fund ManagersMutual Funds

Unit 2 Forwards and Futures Option fundamentals calls puts and underlying Hedging with

Futures Option Positions and Strategies Binomial and Black-Scholes Option Valuation Introduction

to Interest Rate Derivatives Credit Risk Credit Derivatives

Unit 3 Interest rate markets-

Type of rates Zero rates Bond pricing Determining

Zero rates Farward rules Farward rate agreements (FRA) Treasury bond

amp Treasury note futures Interest rate derivatives (Black model)

Unit 4 Risk management objective of Risk management Identifying types of risk management of

translation transaction and economic exposure Quantifying risk and Hedging techniques

Unit 5 Credit risk-

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 52: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

52

Bond prices and the probability of default Historical default

experience Reducing exposure to Credit risk Credit default swaps Total

return swaps Credit spread options Collateralized debt obligation

Unit 6 Value at Risk (VAR)-Measure

Historical simulation Model building approach linear approach Quadratic model Monte Carlo

simulation stress testing and back testing

Reference Books

1 Futures Options and Swaps ndash Robert W Kolb ndash Blackwell

Publishing

2 Introduction to Derivatives and Risk Management ndash Chance ndash

Thomson Learning 6e 2004

3 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson

Education) 6e

SME-07 International Accounting Practices

Unit 1 Introduction ndash Causes of international differences ndash some major differences in financial

reporting International classification of financial reporting ndash international harmonization of accounting

ndash the requirements of international accounting standards

Unit 2 Financial reporting in USA UK Australia and France Financial reporting in Germany

Netherlands Japan and Third world countries with special emphasis on legal issues accounting

standards and consolidation of accounts

Unit 3 Issues in International accounting ndash Consolidation ndash foreign currency translation ndash segmental

reporting ndash foreign exchange risk management

Unit 4 Harmonization in Financial reporting Standardization and Harmonization role of

international accounting bodies (IASC) in harmonization

Unit 5 Multinational Transfer Pricing ndash Objectives of transfer pricing ndash selecting a transfer price ndash

internal revenue code and transfer pricing

Unit 6 Ethical issues in international accounting ndash Incidence and implications of window dressing

(cases)

Reference Books

1 Frederick D S Choi ndash International Finance amp Accounting Hand book ndash John Wiley

2 James A Schweikart ndash International Accounting A Case Approach ndash McGraw Hill

3 Kwabena Anyane-Ntow ndash International Handbook of Accounting Education and Certification ndash

Pergamon Publishers

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 53: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

53

SME-08 Project Appraisal and Finance

Unit 1 An Overview of Project Finance Introduction to project finance and overview of the project

finance market project life cycle and its impact on the feasibility A study of World Bank Project

Reports Project Initiation and Resource Allocation The Importance of a Proper Allocation of

Resources Process of Resource Allocation at the Corporate Level Process of Resource Allocation at

the Business Unit Level Generation of Project Ideas and Creativity

Unit 2 Market And Demand Analysis Identification of the Target market choice of the Market

Strategy Projection of Demand using Primary Data and Secondary Data Projection of Demand using

Qualitative Models

Unit 3Technical Analysis Selection of Appropriate Technology Acquisition of Technology Process

of Procurement of Materials Choice of a Good Location for the Project Design of the Layout of the

Facilities at the Project Site

Unit 4Financial projections The Cost of the Project The Means of Finance Estimation of Working

Capital Profitability Estimations Balance Sheet Projections Projections of Sources and Uses of Funds

Unit 5 Environmental Appraisal of Projects Meaning of Environment and Pollution Pollution

Created by Different Industries Methods of Preventing Pollution Environmental Regulations in India

Environmental Impact Assessment for Projects Social Cost Benefit Analysis The Rationale for SCBA

Different Approaches to SCBA

Unit 6 Valuing Projects Appraising a Project by Discounting and Non-Discounting Criteria

Appraising Projects with Special Features FCF Approach ERR Approach Real Options ndash Issues in

valuing long term projects Managing Project Risks How risk management creates value in project

finance

Reference Books

1 Prasanna Chandra ndash Project Planning Analysis Selection Implementation and Review ndash TMH

5e

2 Narendra Singh ndash Project Management and Control ndash HPH 2003

3Nicholas ndash Project Management for Business and Technology

Principles and Practice ndash Pearson PHI

SME-09 Commodity and Price risk Management

Unit 1 Commodity Spot Market Importance and need ndash Types of Commodity market ndash Structure Categories of Commodity Markets

Agricultural Commodity Market Overview ndash Grain Market ndash Soft Commodities ndash Livestock and Citrus

fruits ndash

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 54: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

54

Unit 2 Technical Analysis of Agricultural Commodity Metal Market

Structure of Metal Market (London Metal Exchange) ndash Industrial Metal ndash Precious Metalndash

Characteristics of Metal Prices ndash Metal Life Cycle and Convenience yield ndash Technical Analysis of

Metal Commodity Energy Market

Unit 3 World Oil Market ndash

Role of OPEC amp Political factors influencing pricing ndash Price setting of crude oil cargo ndash Refined

product market ndash Natural Gas market ndash Spot Futures and Options ndash Electricity Market ndash Technical

Analysis of Energy Commodity

Unit 4 Instruments amp Investment Strategies

Commodity Swaps Swaption Swing contracts and Real options Swaps ndash Swaption

Unit 5 Weather and Commodity market Weather Derivatives ndash Weather and Agriculture derivative ndash Weather and Crude Oil

Unit 6 Ways of investment in Commodities Commodity the new asset class ndash Inflation and commodity prices ndash Diversification ndash Commodity

Indexes and funds (Exchange Traded Funds Pension Funds)

Reference Books

1 Options Futures amp Other Derivatives- John CHull - (Pearson Education) 6e

2 Options amp Futures- Vohra amp Bagri - (TMH) 2e

3 Derivatives- Valuation amp Risk Management-Dubofsky amp Miller -

(Oxford University Press) 200405

SME-10 Managing Financial institutions and Markets

Unit 1 Financial Institutions and Economic Development Nature and Role of Financial System Financial System and Financial Markets Efficiency Stability

Technology Government Intervention in the Financial System

Unit 2 Central Banking and Monetary Policy

Central Banking Functions Money Creation Process and control Monetary Policy[Will also cover an

overview of Money Prices Exchange Rates and Interest Rates Monetary Expansion Interest Rates

and Exchange Rates Monetary Expansion and Prices Real and Nominal Values Inflation and Interest

Rates Inflation and Exchange Rates The Indian Financial System Introduction The Pre 1951 Period

The Post 1951 period The Indian Financial System The Emerging Horizon

Unit 3 The Indian Financial System

Introduction Evolution of Modern Commercial Banks Evolution of Bank Assets Liabilities and

Activities Banking Structure Matching Revenues and Costs of Commercial Banks Recovery of

Advances and Documentation Capital Adequacy Accounting Policies and related matters Directed

Investments and Credit Programs and Interest Rates Methods and Procedures in Banks Regulation and

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 55: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

55

Supervision of the Financial Sector Treasury and Risk Management in Banks Marketing of Bank

Services Relationship Banking and Innovations

Unit 4 Fundamentals of the Foreign Exchange Markets -

How the spot and forward foreign exchange markets work -Basics of currency and cross border risks -

Cross border funding and hedging

Unit 5 International Banking

Offshore Banking Multinational Banking Banking Consolidation

Unit 6 Finance Companies ndash

The Evolution of Finance Companies The Present Status and the Micro Finance and its importance in

Rural Economy Insurance Companies Economics of Insurance The Insurance Industry and its

Regulation LIC and GIC Development Banks Recent Trends Current Developments eBanking

Reference Books

1 Bhalla V K (2004) Managing International Investment and Finance New Delhi Anmol

2 Saunders Anthony Cornett Marcia Millon (5th ed 2005) Financial Institutions Management Tata

McGraw Hill

3 Bhole LM (4th ed 2004) Financial Institutes amp Markets Tata McGraw Hill

SME -11 Econometrics and Financial Model ling

(as decided by the faculty)

SME-12 Sectorial Applications and Emerging Issues in Finance

(as decided by the faculty)

Group F Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management

SMF 01 Management of Industrial relations amp Labour Legislation 400

Unit 1 Industrial Relation Management

Concept- Evaluation ndash Background of industrial Relations in India- Influencing factors of IR in

enterprise and the consequences Economic Social and Political environments Employment Structure

ndash Social Partnership ndash Wider approaches to industrial relation ndash Labour Market

Unit 2 Trade Union

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 56: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

56

Introduction ndash Definition and objective ndash growth of Trade Union in India-trade Unions Act 1926 and

Legal framework-Union recognition-Union Problems-Employees Association-introduction Objective

Membership Financial Status

Unit 3 Quality of Work Life

Workers‟ Participation in Management ndash Worker‟s Participation in India shop floor Plant Level

Board Level ndash Workers‟ Welfare in India scenario- Collective bargaining concepts amp Characteristics ndash

Promoting peace

Unit 4 Industrial Disputes

Meaning nature and scope of industrial disputes ndash Cases and Consequences of Industrial Disputes ndash

Prevention and Settlement of industrial disputes in India Employee Grievances Causes of grievances ndash

Conciliation Arbitration and Adjudication procedural aspects for Settlement of Grievances ndash Standing

Orders ndash Code Discipline

Unit 5 Labour Welfare

Concept-Objectives-scope-Need ndashVoluntary welfare measures-Statutory welfare measures-Labour-

Welfare funds Child Labour ndashFemale Labour ndashContract Labour ndashConstruction Labour- Agricultural

Labour-Disabled-Social security-Implications

Unit 6 Labour laws

Factories Act 1948 Payment of wages Act 1936 The minimum wages Act -1948 The industrial

disputes Act 1947 The Employees Provident Fund amp Misc Act 1952

Reference Books

1 Beaumont P B (1995) The Future of Employment Relations London Sage Publication

2 Bareja JK (2000) Industrial Law Galgotia Publishing House

3 Monappa Arun (2002) Industrial Relations Tata McGraw Hill

SMF-02 Compensation Management 400

Unit 1 Introduction

Compensation meaning objectives nature of compensation Nature amp Significance of wage salary

administration essentials-Minimum wage ndash Fair wage Real wage Issues and Constraints in Wage

Determination in India

Unit 2 Compensation system design issues

Compensations Philosophies compensation approaches decision about compensation compensation-

base to pay individual Vs team rewards Perceptions of pay Fairness legal constraints on pay systems

Unit 3 Managing Compensation

Strategic Compensation planning determining compensation-the wage mix Development of a Base

Pay System Job evaluation systems the compensation structure- Wage and salary surveys the wage

curve pay grades and rate ranges preparing salary matrix government regulation on compensation

fixing pay significant compensation issues Compensation as a retention strategy

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 57: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

57

Unit 4 Variable Pay and Executive Compensation

Strategic reasons for Incentive plans administering incentive plans Individual incentive plans-

Piecework Standard hour plan Bonuses Merit Pay Group incentive plans- Team compensation Gain

sharing incentive Plans Enterprise incentive plans- Profit Sharing plans Stock Options ESOPs EVA

Executive compensation elements of executive compensation and its management International

compensation Management

Unit 5 Managing Employee Benefits

Benefits- meaning strategic perspectives on benefits-goals for benefits benefits need analysis funding

benefits benchmarking benefit schemes nature and types of benefits Employee benefits programs-

security benefits retirement security benefits health care benefits time-off benefits benefits

administration employee benefits required by law discretionary major employee benefits creating a

work life setting employee services- designing a benefits package

Unit 6 Job Evaluation Job Description and Job Specification

Job Analysis amp Its Process Methods of Job Evaluation Internal and External Equity in Reward

Management Role of Wage Board amp Pay Commissions International Compensation Knowledge

Based Compensation Team Compensation Competency Based Compensation

Reference Books

1 Henderson Richard I (2004) Compensation Management Rewarding Performance Prentice

Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2Bergmann amp Thomas J (2003)Compensation Decision Making Harcourt College Publications

3 Micton R (2002) Handbook of Wage and Salary Administration London

SMF-03 Organizational Change and Intervention Strategies 400

Unit 1 Organizational Development (OD)

Introduction History of OD Values Assumptions amp Beliefs in OD Theory and Management of OD

Managing the OD process Action research amp OD Organizational Change Challenges of change

Process of change Transformational change Managing Organizational Transformation

Unit 2 Organizational Development Intervention

Overview of Organisation Development Intervention Types of Interventions Sensitivity Training Team

Interventions Third- Party Peacemaking Interventions Inter Group Interventions Comprehensive

Interventions MBO Role Playing Future Challenges

Unit 3 Culture amp Change process

Power amp politics and Organisation Development Cultural change strategies Corporate reorganization

amp sub culture management Resistance to organisational change

Unit 4 Behavioural implications of change

The manifest latent amp paradoxical consequences of change Resigned behavioural compliance

Reaction to Downsizing amp Delayering Managing uncertainty amp ambiguity

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 58: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

58

Unit 5 Intervention Strategies

Structural Technological amp Process factors in intervention Advantages amp limitations of change

technologies Associated leadership models Leadership amp change process Leadership amp emotional

knowledge strategies Achieving congruence of personnel structureamp culture

Unit 6 Key Issues in Organisational Development

Issues in Consultant-client Relationships Action Research Ethical Issues in Organisational

Development and Future of Organisational Development

Reference Books

1 French W Cecil H Bell amp Jr (2004) Organizational Development Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd

2 Jones G R (2nd edition 2004) Organizational Theory Addison-Wesley Publishing Company

3 Burnes B (1996) Managing Change A Strategic Approach to Organizational Dynamics London

Pitman

SMF-04 Human Resource Management Strategies and Systems 400

Unit 1 Understanding Strategic HRM

Traditional Vs strategic HR Typology of HR activities bdquoBest fit‟ approach Vs bdquoBest practice‟ approach

HR strategy and the role of national context sectoral context and organizational context on HR strategy

and practices Investment perspective of human resources HR Strategy Formulation Brief overview of

strategic planning and planning in SBUs HR Strategy and HR Planning HR Strategy in Multinational

Global and Transnational companies HR contributions to strategy shycompetitive intelligence shyresource

reallocation decisions

Unit 2 Aligning HR Systems with business strategy

Sustained competitive advantage ndash how HR adds value to the firm shy HR as scarce resource shy inimitable

resource shy non-substitutable resource HRM leading strategy formulation Alternative HR systems

shyuniversalisticshy contingency shy configurational Congruence and Integrated HR systems Designing

congruent HR systems

Unit 3 HR Strategy in workforce utilization

Efficient utilization of Human resource shy cross training and flexible work assignment shy work teams shy

non-unionization Strategies for employee shortages Strategies for employee surpluses

Unit 4 HR strategy for training and development

Benefits planning and strategizing training integrated learning with performance management system

and compensation

Unit 5 High Performance Work Practices

Individual high performance practices limitations of individual HPWP Systems of HPWP shy skill

system shy motivating system Individual practices Vs systems of practices Universal practices Vs

contingency perspectives

Unit 6 Strategic HRM in emerging HR issues

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 59: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

59

HR Strategy in workforce diversity shy virtual teams shy flexitime and telecommuting shy HR outsourcing shy

contingent and temporary workers shy Global sourcing of labor Expatriation and repatriation

management in global HRM Gender discrimination and Glass ceiling effect Employee engagement

strategies Talent management and retention

Reference Books

1 Kandula S R (2001) Strategic Human Resource Development Eastern Economy Edition Prentice Hall

India

2 Boxell amp Purcell J (2003) Strategy And Human Resource Management Palgrave Mcmillan

3 Mello J A (2002) Strategic Human Resource Management Thompson Learning Cincinnati

OHSW

SMF-05 Cross Cultural and International Human Resource Management 400

Unit 1 International Organization

Approaches to the study of comparative employment policy Convergence theory The cultural

approach The institutionalist perspective

Unit 2 International HRM Models

Poole‟s adaptation of the Harvard model The Brewster and Bournois model of International HRM

International HRM Problems of International Research

Unit 3 Internationalization of HR Activities

Types of International Business inter country Differences affecting HRM causes for International

assignments failure Limitations and advantages of host country nationals (HCN) Parent country

nationals (PCN)amp Third country national (TCN) International Staffing Policy Selecting International

Managers Adaptability amp Screening Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit 4 Understanding Cross Culture

Organisation culture amp National culture Cross ndash culture Theories Cross ndash Culture Business

Communication amp Behaviour Culture amp Organisational Performance

Unit 5 Training ampMaintaining International Compensation

Training for Expatriate Managers National Differences in Compensation Factors Influencing

International Compensation Components of Remuneration PackageExpatriate Performance

Management Repatriation International Labour relations Problems and solutions

Unit 6 Human Resource Management and Japan

Some innovative Japanese Management techniques such as just in time theory quality circles and

Kaizen Influence of Japanese Management Practices on Western Employment practices

Reference Books

1 Gupta SC (2009) Text book of International HRM Macmillan Publishing

2 Jackson ndashTerrence (2002) International HRM A Cross cultural Approach Sage Publications

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 60: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

60

3 Harzing amp Ruysseveldt (2004) International Human resource Management Sage Publications

Ltd London

SMF-06 Manpower Development for Technological change amp Performance Management

400

Unit 1 Manpower Management

HR Management in the 21st Century Environmental Context of Human Resource Management The

Emerging Profile of Human Resources Special Features of New Technology Concept and Process of

Technological Innovation Organizational Implications of Technological Change Human Resource

Implications of Technological Change PerformancePotential Evaluation in the Context of New

Technology Technology Transfer with Human Face

Unit 2 Globalisation Technology and Human Resource Issues Technology and Culture Technology Management Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills

Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits Training and Development

Unit 3 Performance Management

Concepts and issues definiition performance principles role of performance management in

organisation Framework and key factors to successful performance system

Unit 4 Evaluating HR function

Overview of evaluation shy scope shy strategic impact shy level of analysis shy Criteria shy Level of Constituents shy

ethical dimensions Approaches to evaluation shy audit approach shy analytical approach shy quantitative and

qualitative measures shy outcome and process criteria Balanced Scorecard perspective Benchmarking

Accounting for HRM

Unit 5 HR Scorecard

Creating an HR Scorecard Measuring HR alignment shy2 dimensions of alignment shy assessing internal

and external alignment shy Systems alignment Map 7 step Model for implementing HR‟s strategic role

Unit 6 Innovation and New Technology

New age tools like Balanced Scorecard HR Scorecard Competency Mapping and Knowledge

Management for New-age Technology New issues in Manpower Training and Career Development

Reference Books

1 Michael Armstrong (1999) Performance Management Kogan Page

2 Chadha P (2003) Performance Management It‟s About Performing ndash Not Just Appraising

McMillan India Ltd

3 Dwivedi RS (2000) Managing Human Resources and Personnel Management in India

Enterprises Galgotia Publishing Company

SMF-07 Management of Training and development 400

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 61: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

61

Unit 1 Introduction

The Changing Organizations HR and the Training Functions Models of Training Systematic Model

the Transitional Model The Learning Organisation Training as Consultancy Understanding Learning

Concepts T amp D to Lifetime Education

Unit 2 Training Needs Analysis

The Process and Approaches of TNA Team Work for Conducting Training Needs Analysis TNA and

Training Process Design

Unit 3 Training Design amp Evaluation

Understanding amp Developing the Objectives of Training Facilitation of Training with Focus on Trainee

(Motivation of Trainee Reinforcement Goal setting) Training with Focus on Training Design

(Learning Environment Pre-training Communication etc) Facilitation of Transfer with Focus on

Organization Intervention (Supervisor Support Peer Support Trainer Support Reward Systems

Climate etc)

Unit 4 Effective Trainer

Selecting the trainer and preparing a lesson plan skills of an effective Trainer Programme methods and

techniques Implementation and Evaluation of Training Programme Levels of Evaluation CIPP Model

CIRO model Training Audit and Cost Analysis

Unit 5 Management Development

Approaches to Management Development Sources of Knowledge Skill acquisition Types of

management Development Programmes EDP‟s Seminars and Conferences Symposia

Unit 6 Emerging Trends in Training

New learning interventions Technology in training-CBT- multimedia training e- learningonline

learning- distance learning competency based Training Assessment Centres

Reference Books

1 Raymond Noe A (2005) Employees Training and Developmentrdquo McGraw Hill Publication

2 O‟ Connor Browner amp Delaney (2003) Training for Organizations Thompson Learning Press

3 Blanchard P N amp Thacker W J (1998) Effective Training Systems Strategies and Practices

Prentice Hall New Jersey

SMF-08 Interpersonal processes and Counseling skills for Managers 400

Unit 1 Managerial Process

Nature of Management functions of managers leadership and managerial effectiveness Managerial

conflict

Unit 2 Interpersonal amp Group Process

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers

Page 62: Syllabus of Delhi School of Management, DCE

62

Interpersonal communication Interpersonal feedback Interpersonal behavior and influence

relationships Interpersonal styleGroup Process An overview of group formation Group development

and effectiveness formal and informal groups reasons for formation of groups theories of group

group behavior

Unit 3 Introduction to Counselling

Definition amp Need Counseling Psychotherapy and Instruction Approaches to Counseling Goals of

Counseling Counseling Process

Unit 4 Counselling Procedures

The Counselling Environment Intake Referral procedures Guidelines for effective counselling

Advanced skills in Counselling Action strategies Counselling Skills Verbal amp Non- Verbal

communication Listening Barriers Counsellor‟ Qualities Core conditions of Counselling Role of

Conflict in Counselling Values of counselling Counselling service Manager counsellor

Unit 5 Organisational Application of Counselling Skills

Change management Downsizing Mentoring Team Management Conflict Resolution Crisis

Trauma Problem Subordinates Identifying problem subordinates Types of problem subordinates

Dealing with problem subordinates

Unit 6 Ethics in Counselling

Ethical Principles Common Ethical Violations

Reference Book

1 Singh Kavita (2007)Counselling Skills for Managers PHI

2 Bailez Roz (1991) 50 Activities for Developing Counselling Skills in Managers